Big heart, small ring

Article Type
Changed
Mon, 12/03/2018 - 07:12
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

Clinical manifestations of acromegaly
This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Medical treatments for acromegaly
Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Side effects of drug therapy for acromegaly
Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
925-933
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Author and Disclosure Information

Igor Kravets, MD, FACE
Assistant Professor of Medicine, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, Stony Brook, NY

Address: Igor Kravets, MD, Division of Endocrinology, Stony Brook University School of Medicine, 101 Nicolls Road, HSC T-16, Stony Brook, NY 11794; [email protected]

Article PDF
Article PDF
Related Articles

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

Clinical manifestations of acromegaly
This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Medical treatments for acromegaly
Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Side effects of drug therapy for acromegaly
Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.

A 58-year-old man presents with a 1-year history of chronic daytime fatigue, low libido, and difficulty achieving erections. He is upset: his wife suspects him of having an extramarital affair because, in addition to problems with his sexual performance, he has not been wearing his wedding ring. The patient explains that the ring has become too small for his finger and that he has never cheated on his wife. His wife has also been complaining that he snores loudly at night.

The patient works as an accountant. He has no known allergies to medications and takes no medications or supplements. He has no surgical history. He has never smoked tobacco or abused illicit drugs. He drinks a glass of wine once a week.

His father died at age 78 of a myocardial infarction; his 86-year-old mother has hypertension. He has no siblings. His 28-year-old biological son is healthy.

Physical examination

His temperature is 97.9°F (36.6°C), blood pressure 150/90 mm Hg, heart rate 80 per minute, respiratory rate 12 per minute, and oxygen saturation 98% on room air. His height is 5 feet 11 inches (180 cm), weight 250 lb (113 kg), and body mass index 35 kg/m2.

His forehead is wide with deep creases, his jaw, nose, and lower lip are prominent, and his tongue, hands, and feet are large. He has mild thyromegaly with no palpable nodules.

On cardiac examination, his point of maximal impulse is 3 cm lateral to the left midclavicular line in the fifth intercostal space; he has normal S1 and S2 with no murmurs, rubs, or gallops. The lungs are clear on auscultation. His abdomen is soft, nontender, and nondistended; the liver is palpated 2 cm below the costal margin. His extremities are not edematous.

LABORATORY TESTING

1. In addition to a complete blood cell count and comprehensive metabolic panel, which is the most appropriate test to order?

  • Growth hormone (GH) level
  • Insulin-like growth factor 1 (IGF-1) level
  • GH and IGF-1 levels
  • IGF-2 level

Acromegaly, an overview

The patient’s history of snoring and daytime fatigue suggests obstructive sleep apnea, which together with his enlarging ring finger size, wide forehead with deep creases, prominent jaw, nose, and lower lip, and enlarged thyroid, heart, and liver suggests acromegaly.

Clinical manifestations of acromegaly
This chronic progressive disease is characterized by excessive secretion of GH leading to increased synthesis of IGF-1, the main mediator of GH’s effects. The end result is disproportionate growth of skeletal, soft, and organ tissue.1 A list of acromegaly’s clinical manifestations is shown in Table 1.2,3 The disease is often associated with insulin resistance.4

In most cases, acromegaly is caused by a GH-secreting pituitary adenoma. Rare causes include hypothalamic tumors that secrete GH-releasing hormone (GHRH) and ectopic secretion of GHRH or GH.1 Pseudoacromegaly, a mimic, is characterized by acromegalic features without hypersecretion of GH and with normal IGF-1 levels.4

The prevalence of acromegaly is 36 to 60 cases per million, and its annual incidence is 3 to 4 per million.5

With this patient’s presentation, the most appropriate next step is to order an IGF-1 level to screen for acromegaly.

GH secretion is pulsatile, IGF-1 secretion is not

GH is synthesized and stored in somatotroph cells, which account for more than 50% of pituitary hormone-secreting cells.6 Three hormones regulate synthesis and secretion of GH: GHRH, ghrelin, and somatostatin.7 GH secretion is pulsatile, with minimal basal secretion dependent on sex, age, neurotransmitters, exercise, and stress.7 It exerts its physiologic effects through an interaction with the GH receptor, a single-chain transmembrane glycoprotein.8,9

A GH-secreting adenoma develops when pituitary somatotroph cells undergo a monoclonal expansion. Mutations of various genes such as GNAS, PRKAR1A, and AIP are suspected of triggering such expansion. Disruption of the MENIN gene leads to multiple endocrine neoplasia syndrome 1, a combination of pituitary adenoma, pancreatic tumor, and primary hyperparathyroidism.9 The pattern of cytoplasmic keratin in somatotroph cells defines 2 histologic subtypes: densely granulated and sparsely granulated. The latter subtype is associated with more-invasive lesions that are seen more often in younger patients and are less responsive to somatostatin ligand therapy.10

GH induces transcription of IGF-1, mostly in the liver. In contrast to GH, IGF-1 secretion is not pulsatile, and therefore IGF-1 can be measured more reliably in serum, and the results can be interpreted according to age- and sex-adjusted reference ranges.

The IGF-1 level is a very sensitive test, but it is not very specific. It can be falsely elevated in pregnancy, in patients on estrogen replacement therapy, and in late adolescence.11 In addition, it may be difficult to interpret the IGF-1 level in the setting of malnutrition, severe hyperglycemia, renal or hepatic failure, and hypothyroidism.11,12

Nonpulsatile secretion and high sensitivity make the IGF-1 level the screening test of choice for acromegaly.9,12 In contrast, because of the pulsatile nature of GH synthesis, one cannot rely on a random GH level alone to detect the hormone’s hypersecretion.

IGF-2 has no role in acromegaly

IGF-2, produced mainly by the liver, plays an important role in promoting fetal growth. IGF-2 may induce hypoglycemia when secreted by some mesenchymal tumors.13 This hormone has no role in the pathogenesis of acromegaly and should not be measured in this patient.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: FURTHER TESTING

The patient’s IGF-1 level is 590 ng/mL; the reference range for his age and sex is 68 to 245 ng/mL.

A sleep study confirms obstructive sleep apnea, and the patient is started on continuous positive airway pressure at night, with some reduction of his fatigue.

2. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Order magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) of the pituitary with gadolinium contrast
  • Perform a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load
  • Perform a GH stimulation test
  • Refer the patient to a neurosurgeon for a consultation

The most appropriate next step is a GH suppression test, performed by measuring the plasma GH level 2 hours after giving 75 g of glucose by mouth. This confirmatory test is necessary because the IGF-1 level can be falsely elevated. The normal response to an oral glucose challenge is suppression of the GH level to below 1 μg/L. Failure to suppress GH confirms the diagnosis of acromegaly.14

A GH stimulation test with insulin-induced hypoglycemia or with GHRH-arginine would be appropriate if GH deficiency were suspected rather than hypersecretion.

Imaging of the pituitary with MRI before obtaining biochemical confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly may mislead the physician because MRI does not determine the functional status of a pituitary tumor. Correct treatment of a pituitary tumor depends on whether the tumor causes hypersecretion or deficiency of any pituitary hormones.

Referral to a neurosurgeon for a consultation is premature until a biochemical diagnosis of acromegaly is made and a pituitary adenoma is subsequently demonstrated by imaging.

3. The patient’s GH level is 10 μg/L 2 hours after oral administration of 75 g of glucose. What is the most appropriate next step?

  • Radiography of the skull to image the pituitary at a low cost
  • MRI of the pituitary with contrast after making sure the patient’s renal function is normal
  • MRI of the pituitary without contrast
  • Computed tomography of the head

The next step is MRI of the pituitary with contrast (gadolinium) after obtaining blood urea nitrogen and creatinine measurements to make sure the patient’s renal function is normal.14

Gadolinium contrast is contraindicated in patients with severely reduced renal function (glomerular filtration rate < 30 mL/min/1.73 m2) because of the risk of nephrogenic systemic fibrosis. In such a case, MRI without contrast would be appropriate.

MRI is the most sensitive imaging test for detecting a pituitary adenoma, as it can detect tumors as small as 2 mm. A pituitary macroadenoma (> 10 mm in diameter) is detected in more than 75% of patients with acromegaly at diagnosis. The tumor often invades one or both cavernous sinuses or extends to the suprasellar region, possibly impinging on the optic chiasm.15

If MRI is contraindicated, computed tomography of the head should be performed.

CASE CONTINUED: IMAGING

The patient’s comprehensive metabolic panel is normal, but his fasting plasma glucose is 135 mg/dL (reference range 74–99). Pituitary MRI with contrast shows a 3-cm pituitary adenoma with suprasellar extension, impinging on the optic chiasm and invading the right cavernous sinus.

4. In addition to repeating the fasting plasma glucose and measuring hemoglobin A1c, what is the most appropriate next step in managing this patient?

  • Measure the prolactin, morning serum cortisol, total testosterone, follicle-stimulating hormone (FSH), luteinizing hormone (LH), thyroid-stimulating hormone (TSH), and free thyroxine (T4)    levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields
  • Measure these hormone levels; perform a gross evaluation of the visual fields and refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if visual field deficits are found on the gross examination
  • Measure these hormone levels; refer the patient to an ophthalmologist only if he complains of vision changes
  • Do not order any additional tests; instruct the patient to call the office if he develops any vision changes

This patient should have all of these hormones measured. In addition, given that his macroadenoma is impinging on the optic chiasm, he should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields even if the latter are intact on gross examination and even if the patient does not complain of any visual changes.

Abnormalities of hormones other than GH and IGF-1 in acromegaly

Secretion of pituitary hormones other than GH and IGF-1 must be assessed.

Prolactin. GH-secreting tumors also secrete prolactin in up to one-third of patients, with the resulting hyperprolactinemia contributing to hypogonadism.11 Prolactin hypersecretion should be distinguished from hyperprolactinemia caused by pituitary stalk compression, which may be evident on MRI.

Measuring the serum prolactin level with 1:100 dilution to counteract the “hook effect” may unmask severe hyperprolactinemia due to a large macroprolactinoma. (The hook effect occurs when the prolactin level is so high that there is not enough antibody in the assay to bind both ends of all the prolactin molecules present, causing the reading to be falsely low.).

Cortisol, T4, testosterone. Patients with acromegaly may develop central adrenal insufficiency, central hypothyroidism, and central hypogonadism; these hormonal deficits may occur in isolation or in combination.

Also, patients should be assessed for comorbidities such as colon cancer (all patients with acromegaly require a colonoscopy, as acromegaly raises the risk of colon cancer), diabetes mellitus, hypertension, cardiomyopathy, and sleep apnea.16

Visual field loss may be insidious

Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
Figure 1. Diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly.
All patients with a pituitary macroadenoma that abuts the optic chiasm should be referred to an ophthalmologist for a formal evaluation of visual fields. If there is a clear space between the tumor and the chiasm, such an evaluation is not necessary. Because these tumors develop insidiously, patients may not be aware of any changes in their vision.

The diagnostic and treatment algorithm for acromegaly is summarized in Figure 1.

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: LABORATORY VALUES, TREATMENT OPTIONS

Our patient’s repeat fasting plasma glucose is 137 mg/dL; his hemoglobin A1c is 7.3%, consistent with diabetes mellitus secondary to acromegaly. Other laboratory values:

  • Morning cortisol level 15 μg/dL (reference range 5.3–22.5),
  • Prolactin 23 ng/mL, confirmed with 1:100 dilution (4.0–15.2)
  • Total testosterone 59 ng/dL (193–824)
  • LH 2.1 mIU/mL (1.8–10.8)
  • FSH 3.0 mIU/mL (1.5–12.4)
  • TSH 2.5 mIU/L (0.5–4.5)
  • Free T4 1.3 ng/dL (0.9–1.7).

The patient is started on metformin 500 mg by mouth twice a day, counseled on a healthy diet, and informed that his diabetes may be a complication of his acromegaly. He is anxious to learn how his acromegaly can be treated.

5. What treatment would you recommend for the patient’s acromegaly?

  • Medical treatment first, then transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma if medical treatment fails
  • Medical treatment first, radiotherapy if medical treatment fails, and transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma as a last resort
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the pituitary macroadenoma first, medical treatment if surgery fails, and radiotherapy if both surgery and medical treatment fail
  • Taking a safe, conservative approach, monitoring IGF-1 levels frequently; starting medical treatment if acromegaly does not go into remission in 1 year

The initial treatment of choice for most patients with acromegaly is resection of the pituitary tumor.

A transsphenoidal approach is used for most patients; only rarely is craniotomy necessary. Endoscopic and microsurgical techniques reduce postoperative morbidity.17 Postoperative complications include symptoms related to the transsphenoidal approach (nasal congestion, sinusitis, epistaxis), cerebrospinal fluid leak, hemorrhage, meningitis, stroke, visual impairment, vascular damage, transient or permanent diabetes insipidus, and hypopituitarism. The surgical mortality rate is less than 0.5%.18,19

Successful resection of a pituitary tumor would lead to normalization of the IGF-1 level, a drop of the GH level to below 1 μg/L, and relief of the effect of the tumor pressing against other structures. An IGF-1 level and a random GH level should be obtained 12 weeks after the surgery.14 If the GH level is higher than 1 μg/L, a GH suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load should be performed.14 MRI of the sella turcica should be done 12 weeks after surgery to visualize residual tumor and adjacent structures.14

A large tumor size, suprasellar extension, and high preoperative levels of IGF-1 and GH are associated with a lack of surgical success; however, surgical debulking should still be considered in patients with a low chance for surgical cure to improve the probability of achieving biochemical remission with postoperative medical and radiologic therapy.20

Medical therapy can be the initial treatment if the patient refuses surgery or if surgery is contraindicated because of severe comorbidities or because structural features of the tumor confer a high surgical risk (eg, if the adenoma encases the cavernous portion of a carotid artery).13 Medical therapy may shrink the tumor in some patients and may thereby make surgical resection easier and more likely to be successful.

Radiotherapy is usually reserved for patients whose tumors recur or persist postoperatively and who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy.14 The soft tissue changes caused by acromegaly may regress with treatment to some degree, but they are not likely to resolve completely; the bone changes do not regress.

CASE CONTINUED: MEDICAL TREATMENT

Three months after transsphenoidal resection of his pituitary macroadenoma, our patient’s laboratory values are as follows:

  • IGF-1 400 ng/mL
  • Morning cortisol 20 μg/dL
  • Testosterone 95 ng/dL
  • LH 2.1 mU/mL
  • FSH 3.7 mU/mL
  • Prolactin 12 ng/mL
  • TSH 2.3 mIU/L
  • Free T4 1.2 ng/dL
  • Basic metabolic panel normal.

The patient denies frequent urination or increased thirst. Repeat MRI of the pituitary with contrast shows a residual 1.3-cm adenoma with no suprasellar extension.

6. What is the best next treatment choice for the patient?

  • A GH receptor antagonist (pegvisomant)
  • A somatostatin receptor ligand (SRL) such as octreotide
  • Cabergoline (a dopamine agonist)
  • A combination of an SRL and pegvisomant

An SRL such as octreotide would be the best choice for this patient.

The medical options for acromegaly are SRLs, pegvisomant, and cabergoline.21–23 The Endocrine Society guidelines recommend either an SRL or pegvisomant as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with persistent disease after surgery.14 However, pegvisomant is much more expensive than any SRL, so an SRL would be a better choice in this patient. Also, pegvisomant does not suppress tumor growth, in contrast to SRLs, so SRLs are preferred in patients with large tumors abutting the optic chiasm.14

SRLs are used as primary therapy in patients who cannot be cured by surgery, have extensive cavernous sinus invasion, have no chiasmal compression, or are poor surgical candidates.

Medical treatments for acromegaly
Cabergoline, a dopamine agonist, should be tried as the initial adjuvant medical therapy in patients with only modest elevations of serum IGF-1 and mild signs and symptoms of acromegaly.14

Side effects of drug therapy for acromegaly
Pegvisomant or cabergoline can be added to an SRL in patients who have an inadequate response to an SRL.14 Combination therapy would be premature in this patient.

The medical treatment of acromegaly is summarized in Table 2.14,15 Side effects of the medications used to treat acromegaly are summarized in Table 3.14

 

 

CASE CONTINUED: RADIOTHERAPY

The patient is treated with octreotide, and the dose is subsequently titrated upward. His central hypogonadism is treated with testosterone gel. After 3 months, his IGF-1 level decreases to 190 ng/mL, the total testosterone increases to 450 ng/dL, and the hemoglobin A1c decreases to 5.9%.

The patient asks if stereotactic radiotherapy, which he read about on the Internet, can cure his acromegaly so that he can avoid the monthly octreotide injections.

7. Which statement best describes radiotherapy’s therapeutic effect in acromegaly?

  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is more effective than medical therapy and should be used as a second-line treatment after surgery
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy is less effective than conventional radiotherapy
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and to biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years
  • Stereotactic radiotherapy causes hypopituitarism in no more than 1% of patients

Stereotactic radiotherapy leads to stability or a decrease in the size of the GH-secreting tumor in 93% to 100% of patients in 5 to 10 years and biochemical remission in 40% to 60% of patients at 5 years.24,25

Hypopituitarism develops in up to 50% of patients at 5 years, and its incidence increases with the duration of follow-up.24 The risk of other complications is low (0% to 5% for new visual deficits, cranial nerve damage, or brain radionecrosis, and 0% to 1% for secondary brain tumors).24

Conventional radiotherapy has fallen out of favor because it is associated with an increased risk of death (mainly from stroke) independent of IGF-1 and GH levels, and a higher rate of complications than stereotactic radiotherapy.14,16 Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or cannot tolerate medical therapy; it is the third-line treatment.24

Given that our patient responded to the medical therapy and tolerated it well and given the high risk of hypopituitarism associated with stereotactic radiotherapy, the latter would not be appropriate for the patient.

His fatigue has diminished further and his sexual performance has improved. He is still married and his wife no longer suspects him of infidelity.

KEY POINTS

  • IGF-1 is the screening test of choice in a patient with signs and symptoms of acromegaly.
  • A growth hormone suppression test with a 75-g oral glucose load is the gold standard test for confirmation of the diagnosis of acromegaly in patients with an elevated IGF-1 level.
  • Transsphenoidal resection of the growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma is the initial treatment of choice for acromegaly.
  • Patients with residual or recurrent growth hormone-secreting pituitary macroadenoma can be treated with somatostatin receptor ligands, a growth hormone receptor antagonist (pegvisomant), and a dopamine agonist cabergoline.
  • Radiotherapy is reserved for postsurgical treatment of patients with recurrent or persistent tumors who are resistant to or intolerant of medical therapy. Stereotactic radiotherapy has largely replaced conventional radiotherapy.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
References
  1. Melmed S. Acromegaly pathogenesis and treatment. J Clin Invest 2009; 119:3189–3202.
  2. Molitch ME. Clinical manifestations of acromegaly. Endocrinol Metab Clin North Am 1992; 21:597–614.
  3. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  4. Yacub A, Yaqub N. Insulin-mediated pseudoacromegaly: a case report and review of the literature. W V Med J 2008; 104:12–15.
  5. Mestron A, Webb SM, Astorga R, et al. Epidemiology, clinical characteristics, outcome, morbidity and mortality in acromegaly based on the Spanish Acromegaly Registry (Registro Espanol de Acromegalia, REA). Eur J Endocrinol 2004; 151:439–446.
  6. Zhu X, Lin CR, Prefontaine CG, Tollkuhn J, Rosenfeld MG. Genetic control of pituitary development and hypopituitarism. Curr Opin Genet Dev 2005; 15:332–340.
  7. Tannenbaum GS, Epelbaum J, Bowers CY. Interrelationship between the novel peptide ghrelin and somatostatin/growth hormone-releasing hormone in regulation of pulsatile growth hormone secretion. Endocrinology 2003; 144:967–974.
  8. Lanning NJ, Carter-Su C. Recent advances in growth hormone signaling. Rev Endocr Metab Disord 2006; 7:225–235.
  9. Colao A, Ferone D, Marzullo P, Lombardi G. Systemic complications of acromegaly: epidemiology, pathogenesis, and management. Endocr Rev 2004; 25:102–152.
  10. Larkin S, Reddy R, Karavitaki N, Cudlip S, Wass J, Ansorge O. Granulation pattern, but not GSP or GHR mutation, is associated with clinical characteristics in somatostatin-naive patients with somatotroph adenomas. Eur J Endocrinol 2013; 168:491–499.
  11. Dineen R, Stewart PM, Sherlock M. Acromegaly. QJM 2017; 110:411–420.
  12. Peacey SR, Toogood AA, Veldhuis JD, Thorner MO, Shalet SM. The relationship between 24-hour growth hormone secretion and insulin-like growth factor I in patients with successfully treated acromegaly: impact of surgery or radiotherapy. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2001; 86:259–266.
  13. Livingstone C. IGF2 and cancer. Endocr Relat Cancer 2013; 20:R321–R339.
  14. Katznelson L, Laws ER Jr, Melmed S, et al. Acromegaly: an Endocrine Society clinical practice guideline. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2014; 99:3933–3951.
  15. Melmed S. Acromegaly. N Engl J Med 2006; 355:2558–2573.
  16. Melmed S, Casanueva FF, Klibanski A, et al. A consensus on the diagnosis and treatment of acromegaly complications. Pituitary 2013; 16:294–302.
  17. Marquez Y, Tuchman A, Zada G. Surgery and radiosurgery for acromegaly: a review of indications, operative techniques, outcomes, and complications. Int J Endocrinol 2012; 2012: 386401.
  18. Jane JA Jr, Starke RM, Elzoghby MA, et al. Endoscopic transsphenoidal surgery for acromegaly: remission using modern criteria, complications, and predictors of outcome. J Clin Endocrinol Metab 2011; 96:2732–2740.
  19. Cappabianca P, Cavallo LM, Colao A, de Divitiis E. Surgical complications associated with the endoscopic endonasal transsphenoidal approach for pituitary adenomas. J Neurosurg 2002; 97:293–298.
  20. Nomikos P, Buchfelder M, Fahlbusch R. The outcome of surgery in 668 patients with acromegaly using current criteria of biochemical “cure.” Eur J Endocrinol 2005; 152:379–387.
  21. Howlett TA, Willis D, Walker G, Wass JA, Trainer PJ; UK Acromegaly Register Study Group (UKAR-3). Control of growth hormone and IGF1 in patients with acromegaly in the UK: responses to medical treatment with somatostatin analogues and dopamine agonists. Clin Endocrinol (Oxf) 2013; 79:689–699.
  22. Katznelson L. Pegvisomant for the treatment of acromegaly-translation of clinical trials into clinical practice. Nat Clin Pract Endocrinol Metab 2007; 3:514–515.
  23. Freda PU, Reyes CM, Nuruzzaman AT, Sundeen RE, Khandji AG, Post KD. Cabergoline therapy of growth hormone & growth hormone/prolactin secreting pituitary tumors. Pituitary 2004; 7:21–30.
  24. Castinetti F, Morange I, Dufour H, Regis J, Brue T. Radiotherapy and radiosurgery in acromegaly. Pituitary 2009; 12:3–10.
  25. Gheorghiu ML. Updates in outcomes of stereotactic radiation therapy in acromegaly. Pituitary 2017; 20:154–168.
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
925-933
Page Number
925-933
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring
Display Headline
Big heart, small ring
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Legacy Keywords
acromegaly, obstructive sleep apnea, wedding ring, pituitary, growth hormone, visual fields, GH, insulin-like growth factor 1, IGF-1, cortisol, prolactin, hormone, somatostatin receptor ligands, SRLs, pegvisomant, dopamine, carbergoline, octreotide, lanreotide, pasireotide, Igor Kravets
Sections
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute

Article Type
Changed
Wed, 04/10/2019 - 11:16
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Article PDF
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Publications
Topics
Page Number
e1-e33
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Selected presentations from Sones/Favaloro Scientific Program
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Issue
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine - 84(12)
Page Number
e1-e33
Page Number
e1-e33
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Display Headline
Transforming the delivery of cardiovascular care: Research and innovation in the Heart & Vascular Institute
Sections
Citation Override
Cleveland Clinic Journal of Medicine 2017 December;84(12 suppl 4):e1-e33
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Hide sidebar & use full width
render the right sidebar.
Article PDF Media

Palliative and supportive interventions to improve patient-reported outcomes in rural residents with cancer

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 01/04/2019 - 11:16

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

Article PDF
Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Publications
Topics
Sections
Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Author and Disclosure Information

Stephanie Gilbertson-White, PhD, APRN-BC,a Seyedehtanaz Saeidzadeh, MSN,a Chi W Yeung, MA,b Hannah Tykol, BSN,a and Praveen Vikas, MDc

University of Iowa aCollege of Nursing, bCollege of Education, and cHolden Comprehensive Cancer Center, Iowa City

Article PDF
Article PDF

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

People in rural areas have increased rates of advanced cancer and mortality compared with those who live in more affluent and urban areas.1,2 Indeed, a recent report from the Center for Disease Control found that rural residents have higher mortality rates from 5 leading causes of death, including cancer, compared with their urban counterparts.1 Significant challenges facing rural residents are due largely to not having easy access to cancer care and supportive care services.3 In addition, living in a rural area is associated with: a lower socioeconomic status, inadequate health insurance coverage, and less flexible employment that in turn decreases the ability to obtain the full range of supportive oncology services.4 The closest available specialists may be several hours away. Individuals may be unwilling or unable to travel hundreds of miles or more to see a specialist.3 Traveling places financial burdens on patients because of the cost of traveling and loss of work, which can compound the stress and fatigue associated with cancer treatment. People living in rural areas also may have less social support in commuting between their place of living and hospitals.5

Background

Typically, the primary goals of treatment for individuals with advanced cancer are to control the spread of the disease; maintain important patient-reported outcomes (PROs) such as physical, mental, and psychosocial function; and optimize quality of life (QoL). Health-related QoL (ie, the physical and mental health perceptions) are increasingly being used to assess effectiveness of cancer treatment.6 Palliative care and supportive oncology focus on managing physical, social, psychological, and spiritual needs of patients and have been recommended by the American Society of Clinical Oncology to be integrated into standard oncology care.7

People living in rural areas are less likely to get their care within a single health system. Often, their care is divided across multiple facilities and providers, which increases the chances of miscommunication between providers and can lead to inferior clinical outcomes and decreased patient QoL.8 There is a growing body of research describing the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer. Specifically, palliative care has been shown to reduce symptoms, improve QoL, and increase survival.9-11 Differences have been observed in the palliative care needs between people with cancer living in urban and suburban areas.12 It is likely that palliative care needs as well as the impact of palliative care services for people with advanced cancer in rural areas differs from those of their urban and suburban counterparts. Despite the known differences in access to care and impact of cancer between rural and nonrural residents, the impact of palliative care on people with advanced cancer living in rural areas has not been well described in the literature.

The purpose of this systematic review is to examine effect of palliative care and supportive oncology interventions on QoL in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas.
 

Methods

This systematic review was developed using the Preferred Reporting Items for Systematic Reviews and Meta-Analyses (PRISMA) guidelines.13



Eligibility criteria

To achieve the objective of a systemic review of studies describing supportive oncology and palliative care interventions in rural communities articles had to meet 4 inclusion criteria:

All research methods were eligible, including mixed-methods and program evaluations, as long as the article met the 4 inclusion criteria. Review articles were ineligible for inclusion as only original research was considered.
 

Search process

Search terms were developed by the research team with consultation from a medical librarian. Four main search terms were developed and included: palliative care, supportive oncology, rural, and cancer. Synonyms and terms closely related to the main terms were included in the search using the OR command. Examples of closely related search terms include: Palliative care: palliative; Rural: remote; Cancer: neoplasms (Table).

We systematically searched PyschINFO, PubMed, CINHAL, and Scopus for articles that had been published during 1991-2016 and written in English. Databases were chosen to reflect the different subfields that encompass palliative care and supportive oncology: PyschINFO to capture the psychological perspective, CINHAL to capture the nursing perspective, and PubMed to capture the medical perspective. Finally, Scopus was searched to ensure that articles not indexed by the other databases would be included. The search was limited to the past 25 years to capture the most up-to-date literature.

Selection process

In accordance with PRISMA guidelines, articles underwent an initial screening and an eligibility screening for inclusion in the final review.13 After duplicates were removed, 2 research team members reviewed all abstracts to screen for initial eligibility. Articles that successfully passed the screening process were reviewed in full by 4 research team members. Each member made an independent inclusion decision based on the stated inclusion criteria. Disagreements across team members were resolved through discussion and consensus.
 

 

 

Analysis

The articles that met the inclusion criteria were heterogeneous in design and analytic approach. The set of manuscripts identified, therefore, did not meet the statistical assumptions for meta-analytic data analysis. The analytic plan for this review consisted of sorting the results described in the identified articles into meaningful categories, identifying cross cutting themes, and presenting the results of these themes in narrative forms.
 

Results

Study selection

The search strategy resulted in 886 articles across the 4 databases. The breakdown for each database is as follows: PsychINFO (n = 286), PubMed (n = 194), CINHAL (n = 334), Scopus (n = 72). After duplicates were removed, 864 articles were left and were initially screened resulting in 844 articles being excluded. The remaining 20 articles were reviewed and 12 articles failed to meet the inclusion criteria. Reasons for exclusion included: the population was not rural; no advanced cancer in sample; intervention was not specifically palliative care or supportive oncology. Nine articles representing 8 projects (one project published 2 manuscripts included in this review) were included in the final review (Figure).

After reviewing the articles, 2 clear themes arose: PROs, and overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society. The PRO theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the personal lives experience of rural cancer patients. PROs, such as decreased symptomology, were often reported. The “overall impact of rural palliative care for people and society” theme included articles that provided information on how an intervention or program improved the lives of rural people and society as a larger group. An example would include results indicating how a program increased access to supportive oncology care in a rural area.
 

Study characteristics

Nine publications, describing 8 projects were included in this review (Table). These projects were conducted in Canada (n = 3)14-16 Australia (n = 1)17 and the United States (n = 5).18-22 All of the the projects used a quantitative approach for the analysis, except 1 that used mixed-methods.16 The studies designs were: 4 feasibilities/pilot studies, 1 randomized control trials (RCT), and 3 program evaluations.





A total of 807 patients participated across the 9 articles. Participants’ age ranged from 20 to 88 years. The average ages for participants ranged from 50.4 to 70.7 years. Overall, there were slightly more men (55%) than women (45%) when all the demographic data were combined across the 9 articles; however, 2 articles exclusively had women as part of the sample.17,20 The cancer types that participants had included: gastrointestinal, genitourinary, breast, lung, brain, kidney, and hematological. Finally, the articles had inconsistent reporting of race/ethnicity data with only 4 studies reporting this information; of the 4 studies, 91% of participants self-identified as white.

The projects targeted multiple PROs, including physical symptoms and psychosocial issues (ie, stress management, grief, mood, emotional distress, coping, self-efficacy, dignity, joy, affection) domains. Publications dates ranged from 1996 to 2013. The sample sizes ranged from 8 to 322; 11.7%-100% of the study population had advanced cancer, and 20%-100% were living in rural area. The duration of the clinical intervention described was 30-120 minutes. The modes of delivery for the palliative intervention were videoconference/videophone (n = 3), telephone/teleconference (n = 3), and in person (n = 2). The interventions were delivered by nurses, psychiatrists, and social workers. In 5 of these studies, participants received palliative care on an individual basis and 2 studies delivered their intervention through groups. The individual basis studies focused on physical aspects of care and the group studies focused on emotional aspects of care.
 

Patient-reported outcomes

Cancer and its treatments are often associated with physical and emotional sequelae that can have a significant impact on patients and therefore PROs. The interventions reviewed in this article often reported data on the reduction of the physical and/or emotional symptom burden of cancer as well as overall QoL.



Reduction in physical symptoms. Three articles included physical symptoms as an outcome measure. Of those, 2 were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial. Common physical symptoms included: shortness of breath, pain, fatigue, nausea, and appetite change. Across the articles, the Edmonton Symptom Assessment Scale (ESAS), a 10-item inventory of common cancer symptoms, was frequently used to measure of symptom scores in these interventions.14,15,19 The ESAS is an empirically validated measure that is used in palliative care research and clinical practice. Individuals are asked to rank 10 common symptoms on an ascending scale from 1 to 10 (0, the symptom is absent; 10, worst possible severity).23

 

 

The findings from these 3 research studies were encouraging. In a large randomized control trial of a supportive education program, researchers reported decreased physical symptom intensity after the intervention, however the change did not reach statistical significance.18 Similar findings were reported in a videoconferencing and a home health program to improve access of palliative and supportive oncology health care.14,15 Physical symptoms that had decreasing trends were pain, tiredness, and appetite, however, trends for shortness of breath found increasing severity.14,15 Although these trends were observed, it is important to note that scores on the ESAS did not reach statistical significance for physical symptoms in any of these studies.
 

Reduction in emotional symptom reduction. In addition to reducing physical symptoms, researchers also sought to understand the impact of programs on the emotional symptoms of cancer including: anxiety, depression, negative affect, and posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Five articles included emotional symptoms as an outcome measure. Four were pilot or feasibility studies, and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Results across studies indicated an observable decrease in the severity of anxiety and depression for those exposed to an intervention program.14,15,18,19 Again, although trends were found, the results were not statistically significant. Only Watanabe and colleagues14 reported a statistically significant a decrease in anxiety in participants after the implementation of a rural palliative care videoconference consultation program. One report indicated that data on depression severity was collected but was not analyzed because of a small sample size.21

O’Brien and colleagues17 also collected data on negative affect and found that participants who participated in a supportive-expressive therapy group had a reduction in the negative affect as measured by the Derogatis Affects Balance Scale (ABS). Other researchers found no change in emotional distress.15

Finally, Collie and colleagues20 also measured the impact of a videoconference support group of PTSD symptomology for people with breast cancer in rural areas. Their results indicated a statistically significant decrease on the PTSD Checklist-Specific after intervention. Analysis of the data also found a medium effect size. Participants in the intervention group spoke about how participation in the support group allowed them to be generative and share information about breast cancer as well as build an emotional bond with other women with cancer.
 

Overall quality of life and well-being. Researchers have also looked into impact of intervention on overall QoL. Two articles included QoL or Well-being as an outcome measure. One was a pilot study and 1 was a randomized control trial.

Bakitas and colleagues18,19 found that those enrolled in the intervention arm of their study had higher QoL scores on the Functional Assessment of Cancer Therapy-General (FACT-G) compared with those in the control arm. These results were also found in an analysis of data from participants who subsequently died during the intervention. Improvements in overall well-being were also found by O’Brien and colleagues17 using ABS. They reported that a post hoc comparison of participants’ total positive affect score was significantly higher at the 12-month follow-up. In addition, the authors also noted qualitative improvements in well-being, including increased effort to be at the support group and the low attrition rates.
 

Overall impact of rural palliative care on individuals and society. In addition to reducing physical and emotional symptoms in patients, several of the articles also addressed other measures of the overall impact of the intervention or program on society as a whole. The authors evaluated patient satisfaction and quality of life, access to health care services, and financial impact on individuals and society at large.



Satisfaction with intervention. In 2 of the articles, individuals or their family members reported to be satisfied with the intervention14,20 and said they would recommend it to others as well.20 Both of those studies used teleconferencing to provide access to the intervention to people in rural communities.



Increasing access to the health care services and quality of care. Four of the articles evaluated the impact of intervention on patient’s access to the health care services.14,16,20,22 Specifically, after the interventions individuals had increased access to palliative care information in rural areas where it had previously been unavailable20 as well as actual delivery of clinical care in their home community, thus eliminating the need to travel to urban areas.14,20,22 This increase of access to health care services in rural area had significant effect on time and distance spent traveling. In 1 study, the amount of saving in terms of distance was 471.13 km and time in, 7.96 hours, for each visit.14

In addition, the quality of overall cancer care in rural area was increased. In an early clinical program, to increase access of palliative care in rural communities, the authors reported an increase in the breast conservation from 20% at the start of the program to 70% 2 years after the program was implemented.22 Breast conservation is not a typical outcome for palliative care studies, but the authors highlighted this practice change because of the improved QoL that is associated with the use of breast conservation therapies. In the same study, the authors reported an increased use of curative therapies for other cancers such as lymphoma as well as an increase use of pain management medication.
 

 

 

Financial impact. Two articles described the financial impact of cancer care costs on the patient and society.14,22 In a study by Watanabe and colleagues in Canada,14 the amount of savings after the intervention in terms of travel expenses was C$192.71 for each visit because patients had previously had to travel from their rural communities to urban tertiary hospitals to receive palliative care. For some patients in that study, the amount of saving for expenses was as high as C$500 a visit. In addition, some individuals were not able to travel and would not have received anything if the intervention had not been available remotely.14 In a study by Smith and colleagues in the United States, there was a 62% decrease in the cost to society for each patient, from US$10,233 to US$3,862.22 The factors contributing to that reduction included increasing outpatient services, engaging nurses and primary care providers instead of specialists, and the lower costs of living in rural areas. In addition, the rural hospitals saw an increase in revenue and profits because of higher admission rates ($500,00 for each hospital annually).22
 

Discussion

The articles identified in this review provide some evidence of the potential impact that palliative and supportive oncology interventions could have on PROs for rural residents with advanced cancer. Noteworthy results were seen for impact on reducing physical and emotional symptoms, increasing overall QoL and well-being, increasing satisfaction and access to palliative care, and reducing the overall cost of palliative care for individuals and society.14-18,20-22

Although statistical significance was not observed for most of the symptom assessment, trends toward improved symptom reports were observed. A likely explanation for this finding, is the small sample size or inadequate design to evaluate symptoms as an outcome measure. Three studies were pilot or feasibility projects15,20,21 that were not powered to detect the impact of the intervention on symptoms. In contrast, QoL stands out as an outcome that was positively affected by palliative care interventions. Further research is needed to determine if there are important mediating and moderating factors that contribute to improve QoL that are specific to rural residents. Significant outcomes were also reported for participant satisfaction with the interventions, the increase in access to services, and the decrease in costs.

Although there were not enough studies to determine the efficacy of these interventions, these results suggest that palliative and supportive interventions can have an impact on important patient-reported outcomes, such as symptoms and quality of life, and on health care system outcomes, such as cost. Evidence supporting the extent of the effectiveness of palliative care on various PROs in rural people is limited. None of the studies in this review evaluated the different aspects of palliative care specifically in rural residents.

It is interesting to note that all but one of the interventions used a telehealth approach to deliver the intervention. Telehealth interventions seem to be feasible, acceptable to people in rural areas, and show preliminary evidence that they can have an impact on PROs.

Limitations of this review include only inclusion of publications in English. In addition, some studies in this review include populations that were not exclusively rural residents, which makes it difficult for generalization.
 

Conclusion

Palliative and supportive interventions may improve various PROs in people with advanced cancer living in rural areas. Technologies that support remote access to people in rural areas, such as teleconferencing and videoconferencing, seem particularly promising delivery modalities with their potential to increase access to palliative and supportive interventions in underserved communities. Large-scale studies that are powered to test the impact of palliative care and support oncology interventions on PROs and other aspects of quality care among rural residents with advanced cancer are needed.
 

The authors thank Jennifer DeBerg, Health Science Librarian at the University of Iowa for her assistance in developing the literature search strategies.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

References

1. Moy E, Garcia MC, Bastian B, et al. Leading causes of death in nonmetropolitan and metropolitan areas – United States, 1999-2014 [published correction at https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/wr/mm6603a11.htm]. MMWR Surveillance Summaries [serial online]. https://www.cdc.gov/mmwr/volumes/66/ss/ss6601a1.htm?s_cid=ss6601a1_w. Published January 13, 2017. Accessed January 20, 2017.

2. Singh GK, Williams SD, Siahpush M, Mulhollen A. Socioeconomic, rural-urban, and racial inequalities in US Cancer Mortality: Part I – All cancers and lung cancer and Part II – Colorectal, prostate, breast, and cervical cancers. https://www.hindawi.com/journals/jce/2011/107497/. Published 2011. Accessed April 28, 2017.

3. Charlton M, Schlichting J, Chioreso C, Ward M, Vikas P. Challenges of rural cancer care in the United States. Oncology (Williston Park). 2015;29(9):633-640.

4. Weaver KE, Geiger AM, Lu L, Case LD. Rural‐urban disparities in health status among US cancer survivors. Cancer. 2013;119(5):1050-1057.

5. Fuchsia Howard A, Smillie K, Turnbull K, et al. Access to medical and supportive care for rural and remote cancer survivors in northern British Columbia. J Rural Health. 2014;30(3):311-321.

6. Bottomley A, Aaronson NK. International perspective on health-related quality-of-life research in cancer clinical trials: the European Organisation for Research and Treatment of Cancer experience. J Clin Oncol. 2007;25(32):5082-5086.

7. Smith TJ, Temin S, Alesi ER, et al. American Society of Clinical Oncology provisional clinical opinion: the integration of palliative care into standard oncology care. J Clin Oncol. 2012;30(8):880-887.

8. Baldwin LM, Cai Y, Larson EH, et al. Access to cancer services for rural colorectal cancer patients. J Rural Health. 2008;24(4):390-399.

9. Temel JS, Greer JA, Muzikansky A, et al. Early palliative care for patients with metastatic non-small-cell lung cancer. N Engl J Med. 2010;363(8):733-742.

10. McCorkle R, Jeon S, Ercolano E, et al. An advanced practice nurse coordinated multidisciplinary intervention for patients with late-stage cancer: a cluster randomized trial. J Palliat Med. 2015;18(11):962-969.

11. Zimmermann C, Swami N, Krzyzanowska M, et al. Early palliative care for patients with advanced cancer: a cluster-randomised controlled trial. Lancet. 2014;383(9930):1721-1730.

12. Regn R, Robinson W, Robinson WR. Differences in palliative care needs among cancer survivors in an inner city academic facility versus a suburban community facility. J Clin Oncol. 2015;33(29_suppl):61.

13. Moher D, Liberati A, Tetzlaff J, Altman DG. Preferred reporting items for systematic reviews and meta-analyses: the PRISMA statement. Ann Intern Med. 2009;339:b2535.

14. Watanabe SM, Fairchild A, Pituskin E, Borgersen P, Hanson J, Fassbender K. Improving access to specialist multidisciplinary palliative care consultation for rural cancer patients by videoconferencing: report of a pilot project. Support Care Cancer. 2013;21(4):1201-1207.

15. Howell D, Marshall D, Brazil K, et al. A shared care model pilot for palliative home care in a rural area: impact on symptoms, distress, and place of death. J Pain Symptom Manage. 2011;42(1):60-75.

16. Stern A, Valaitis R, Weir R, Jadad AR. Use of home telehealth in palliative cancer care: a case study. J Telemed Telecare. 2012;18(5):297-300.

17. O’Brien M, Harris J, King R, O’Brien T. Supportive-expressive group therapy for women with metastatic breast cancer: Improving access for Australian women through use of teleconference. Counselling Psychother Res. 2008;8(1):28-35.

18. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. The project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial to improve palliative care for rural patients with advanced cancer: baseline findings, methodological challenges, and solutions. Palliat Supportive Care. 2009;7(1):75-86.

19. Bakitas M, Lyons KD, Hegel MT, et al. Effects of a palliative care intervention on clinical outcomes in patients with advanced cancer: the Project ENABLE II randomized controlled trial. JAMA. 2009;302(7):741-749.

20. Collie K, Kreshka MA, Ferrier S, et al. Videoconferencing for delivery of breast cancer support groups to women living in rural communities: a pilot study. Psychooncology. 2007;16(8):778-782.

21. Passik SD, Kirsh KL, Leibee S, et al. A feasibility study of dignity psychotherapy delivered via telemedicine. Palliat Support Care. 2004;2(2):149-155.

22. Smith TJ, Desch CE, Grasso MA, et al. The Rural Cancer Outreach Program: clinical and financial analysis of palliative and curative care for an underserved population. Cancer Treat Rev. 1996;22(Suppl A):97-101.

23. Bruera E, Kuehn N, Miller MJ, Selmser P, Macmillan K. The Edmonton Symptom Assessment System (ESAS): a simple method for the assessment of palliative care patients. J Palliat Care. 1991;7(2):6-9.

Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Issue
The Journal of Community and Supportive Oncology - 15(5)
Publications
Publications
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Citation Override
JCSO 2017;15(5):e248-e255
Disallow All Ads
Content Gating
No Gating (article Unlocked/Free)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Article PDF Media

Improving Handoffs: Teaching beyond “Watch One, Do One”

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 12/16/2017 - 21:12

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1022-1023
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Lee et al.1 describe a randomized trial to assess the effectiveness of four different approaches to teaching handoffs with the goal of improving process measures related to interns’ handoffs. The Society of Hospital Medicine (SHM), The Joint Commission (TJC), Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education (ACGME), and others have all emphasized the importance of high-quality handoffs as an essential component of safe patient care.2-4 The ACGME specifically requires that all institutions that sponsor ACGME-accredited programs provide both structure and monitoring, and the SHM complements this with evidence-based guidelines for handoffs.

Lee’s team trained 4 groups of residents in handoffs using 4 different hour-long sessions, each with a different focus and educational format. A control group received a 1-hour didactic, which they had already heard; an I-PASS–based training group included role plays; and Policy Mandate and PDSA (Plan, Do, Study, Act) groups included group discussions. The prioritization of content in the sessions varied considerably among the groups, and the results should be interpreted within the context of the variation in both delivery and content.

Consistent with the focus of each intervention, the I-PASS–based training group had the greatest improvement in transfer of patient information, the policy mandate training group (focused on specific tasks) had the greatest improvement in task accountability, and the PDSA-training group (focused on intern-driven improvements) had the greatest improvement in personal responsibility. The control 60-minute didactic group did not show significant improvement in any domains. The lack of improvement in the control group doesn’t imply that the content wasn’t valuable, just that repetition didn’t add anything to baseline. One takeaway from the primary results of this study is that residents are likely to practice and improve what they are taught, and therefore, faculty should teach them purposefully. If residents aren’t taught handoff skills, they are unlikely to master them.

The interventions used in this study are neither mutually exclusive nor duplicative. In the final conclusions, the authors described the potential for a curriculum that includes elements from all 3 interventions. One could certainly imagine a handoff training program that includes elements of the I-PASS handoff bundle including role plays, additional emphasis on personal responsibility for specific tasks, as well as a focus on PDSA cycles of improvement for handoff processes. This likely could be accomplished with efficiency and might add only an hour to the 1-hour trainings. Evidence from the I-PASS study5 suggests that improving handoffs can decrease medical errors by 21% and adverse events by 30%; this certainly seems worth the time.

Checklist-based observation tools can provide valuable data to assess handoffs.6 Lee’s study used a checklist based on TJC recommendations, and the 17 checklist elements overlapped somewhat with the SHM guidelines,2 providing some evidence for content validity. The dependent variable was total number of checklist items included in handoffs, a methodology that assumes that all handoff elements are equally important (eg, gender is weighted equally to if-then plans). This checklist also has a large proportion of items related to 2-way and closed-loop communication and therefore, places heavy weight on this component of handoffs. Adapting this checklist into an assessment tool would require additional validity evidence but could make it a very useful tool for completing handoff assessments and providing meaningful feedback.

The ideal data collection instrument would also include outcome measures, in addition to process measures. Improvements in outcome measures such as medical errors and adverse events, are more difficult to document but also provide more valuable data about the impact of curricula. In designing new hybrid curricula, it will be extremely important to focus on those outcomes that reflect the greatest impact on patient safety.

Finally, this study reminds us that the delivery modes of curricula are important factors in learning. The control group received an exclusively didactic presentation that they had heard before, while the other 3 groups had interactive components including role plays and group discussions. The improvements in different domains with different training formats provide evidence for the complementary nature. Interactive curricula involving role plays, simulations, and small-group discussions are more resource-intense than simple didactics, but they are also likely to be more impactful.

Teaching and assessing the quality of handoffs is critical to the safe practice of medicine. New ACGME duty hour requirements, which began in July, will allow for increased flexibility allowing longer shifts with shorter breaks.7 Regardless of the shift/call schedules programs design for their trainees, safe handoffs are essential. The strategies described here may be useful for helping institutions improve patient safety through better handoffs. This study adds to the bulk of data demonstrating that handoffs are a skill that should be both taught and assessed during residency training.

 

 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

References

1. Lee SH, Terndrup C, Phan PH, et al. A Randomized Cohort Controlled Trial to Compare Intern Sign-Out Training Interventions. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):979-983.
2. Arora VM, Manjarrez E, Dressler DD, Basaviah P, Halasyamani L, Kripalani S. Hospitalist handoffs: a systematic review and task force recommendations. J Hosp Med. 2009;4(7):433-440. PubMed
3. Accreditation Council for Graduate Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017. https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements Accessed November 10, 2017.
4. The Joint Commission. Improving Transitions of Care: Hand-off Communications. 2013; http://www.centerfortransforminghealthcare.org/tst_hoc.aspx. Accessed November 10, 2017.
5. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. N Engl J Med. 2014;371(19):1803-1812. PubMed
6. Feraco AM, Starmer AJ, Sectish TC, Spector ND, West DC, Landrigan CP. Reliability of Verbal Handoff Assessment and Handoff Quality Before and After Implementation of a Resident Handoff Bundle. Acad Pediatr. 2016;16(6):524-531. PubMed
7. Accreditation Council for Continuing Medical Education. Common Program Requirements. 2017; https://www.acgmecommon.org/2017_requirements. Accessed on June 12, 2017. 

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1022-1023
Page Number
1022-1023
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Glenn Rosenbluth, MD, Department of Pediatrics, 550 16th Street, 5th floor, San Francisco, CA 94143-0110; Telephone: 415-476-9180; Fax: 415-476-4009; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Keeping It Simple in Sepsis Measures

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/14/2018 - 07:43

I didn’t have time to write a short letter, so I wrote a long one instead.”

-Mark Twain

Sepsis is a logical target for quality measures. Specifically, sepsis represents the perfect storm of immense public health burden1-3 combined with unexplained practice4-6 and outcomes7 variation. Thus, it is not surprising that in October 2015, the Centers of Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) adopted a sepsis quality measure.8 More surprising were the complex contents of the CMS Sepsis Core Measure “SEP-1” quality measure.9 CMS had written a “long letter.”

The multiple processes targeted with the CMS SEP-1 quality measure can best be understood with a brief account of history. SEP-1 arose from the National Quality Forum’s (NQF) project #0500: “Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management Bundle,” a measure based upon Rivers et al.’s10 single-center, randomized, controlled trial of early goal-directed therapy (EGDT) for severe sepsis. EGDT was an intervention that consisted of fluid resuscitation and hemodynamic management based upon fulfilling specific targets of central venous pressure, superior vena cava oxygen saturation (or lactic acid), and hemoglobin and mean arterial pressures.11 The large mortality benefits, physiological rationale, and algorithmic responses to a variety of abnormal clinical values provided an appealing protocol to critical care and emergency physicians trained to normalize measured values, as well as policy makers looking for quality measures. Observational studies consistently showed associations between adoption of guideline-based “sepsis bundles” and improved patient outcomes,12-14 setting the stage for the transition of NQF #0500 into SEP-1.

However, the transition from EGDT-based NQF #0500 to SEP-1 has been tumultuous. Soon after adoption of SEP-1, the consensus definitions of sepsis changed markedly. Sepsis went from being defined as the presence of infection with concomitant systemic inflammatory response syndrome (sepsis), organ dysfunction (severe sepsis), and/or shock,15 to being defined as a dysregulated response to infection resulting in life-threatening organ dysfunction (sepsis) and/or fluid-resistant hypotension requiring vasopressors and lactate greater than 2 mmol/L.16 As the study by Barbash et al.17in this issue clearly outlines, conflicting definitions of “sepsis” have left clinicians confused regarding whom the SEP-1 measure should apply. At the same time, results of 3 large, international, randomized trials investigating the efficacy of EGDT were published, providing strong evidence that EGDT did not provide improved patient outcomes over usual care.18 SEP-1 adapted with the evolving evidence base, adding putative “usual care” processes such as evaluation of skin and peripheral pulses, and use of dynamic measures of fluid responsiveness, as quality measures.19 However, as Barbash et al. also outline, the resulting process measure was incredibly complex, with potentially more than 50 data elements collected over 6 hours in the initial management of sepsis.

In addition to its unprecedented complexity, SEP-1 received criticism for the weak evidence base of its individual components. The general concepts behind SEP-1 are well-accepted tenets of sepsis management: rapid recognition, assessment and treatment of underlying infection, and institution of intravenous fluids and vasopressor support for septic shock. However, the “all or none” prescriptive nature of the SEP-1 bundle was based on a somewhat arbitrary set of measures and targets. For example, patients with septic shock must receive 30 cc/kg of intravenous fluids to be “SEP-1 compliant.” The value “30 cc/kg” was taken from the average volume of fluids reported in prior sepsis trials, essentially based on a very low level of evidence.20 The strict 30 cc/kg cutoff did not take into account that “the median isn’t the message”21 in fluid management: optimal resuscitation targets are unclear,22 and selecting the median as a target ignores the fact that 50% of patients enrolled in international trials of EGDT received less than 30 cc/kg of initial fluid resuscitation (the interquartile range was 16-42 cc/kg).18 Thus, most participants in trials upon which the SEP-1 fluid measure was based would ironically not have met the SEP-1 measure. Mandates for physical exam and physiological measures were based on similarly low levels of evidence.

Into this context, Barbash et al. use a representative sample of US hospitals to explore the opinions of hospital quality leaders regarding the SEP-1 measure. First, the qualitative methods used by Barbash et al. warrant some explanation. Much of biomedical research is characterized by hypothesis-driven, deductive reasoning: theories are tested using observations. In contrast, the methods of Barbash et al. use inductive reasoning: observations are used to develop theories within a systematic approach called “grounded theory” that explores common themes emerging from structured interviews.23 Inductive reasoning can later inform deductive reasoning, feeding theories into testable hypotheses. However, qualitative, inductive research is not meant to test hypotheses and is not subject to typical notions of “power and sample size” often expected of quantitative statistical analyses. Qualitative studies reach sufficient sample size when no further themes emerge, a situation called “thematic saturation”; the sample size here of 29 participants rests comfortably in the range of participants commonly needed for thematic saturation.23

Barbash et al. identified common themes in opinions of quality leaders regarding SEP-1. Namely, the complexity of SEP-1 necessitated a major resource investment into sepsis care and data collection. The major infrastructure investments needed to comply with SEP-1 also bred frustration regarding lack of perceived fairness around the “all or none” nature of the measure and raised multiple additional challenges including lack of clinician buy-in and resistance to protocolized care. Prior qualitative studies evaluating hospital quality leaders’ opinions on performance measures identified similar concerns about lack of “fairness,”24 but the implementation of SEP-1 has raised additional concern regarding the large burdens of instituting major infrastructure changes to monitor processes of care required to report on this measure. Despite the major challenges of responding to SEP-1, quality leaders expressed optimism that increased attention to sepsis would ultimately lead to better patient outcomes.

How might future sepsis quality measures achieve the adequate balance between focusing attention on improving care processes for high-impact diseases, without imposing additional burdens on the healthcare system? Lessons from Barbash et al. help us move forward. First, rather than taxing hospitals with administratively complex process measures, initial attempts at quality measures should start simply. Policy makers should consider moving forward into new areas of quality measurement in 2 ways: (1) pursue 1 or 2 processes with strong etiological links to important patient outcomes (eg, timely antibiotics in septic shock),25-28 and/or (2) use risk-adjusted outcomes and allow individual hospitals to adopt processes that improve local patient outcomes. Evidence suggests that the introduction of a quality measure may result in improved outcomes regardless of adoption of specific target processes,29 although results are mixed.30,31 In either case, complex “all or none” measures based upon weak evidence run a high risk of inciting clinician resentment and paradoxically perpetuating poor quality by increasing healthcare costs (decreased efficiency) without gains in safety, effectiveness, timeliness, or equity.32 It has been estimated that hospitals spend on average $2 million to implement SEP-1,33 with unclear return on the investment. The experience of SEP-1 is a reminder that, as evidence evolves, quality measures must adapt lest they become irrelevant. However, it is also a reminder that quality measures should not sit precariously on the edge of evidence. Withdrawal of process-based measures due to a changing evidence landscape breeds mistrust and impairs future attempts to improve quality.

Sepsis quality measures face additional challenges. If recent experience with interpretation of sepsis definitions can serve as a guide, variable uptake of newer sepsis definitions between/across hospitals will impair the ability to risk-adjust outcome measures and increase bias in identifying outlier hospitals.34 In addition, recent studies have already raised skepticism regarding the effectiveness of individual SEP-1 bundle components, confirming suspicions that the 30 cc/kg fluid bolus is not a magic quality target. Rather, the effectiveness of prior sepsis bundles has likely been driven by improved time to antibiotics, a process unstudied in sepsis trials, but driven by increased attention to the importance of early sepsis recognition and timely management.28 Timeliness of antibiotics can act as an effect modifier for more complex sepsis therapies, with quicker time to antibiotics associated with reversal of previously described effectiveness of activated protein C,35 and EGDT.28

Sepsis has a legacy in which improving simple processes (ie, time to antibiotics) obviates the need for more complex interventions (eg, activated protein C, EGDT). To the extent that CMS remains committed to using process-based measures of quality, those focused on sepsis are likely to be most effective when pared down to the simplest and strongest evidence base—improved recognition36 and timely antibiotics (for patients with infection-induced organ dysfunction and shock). Taking the time to start simply may best serve our current patients and preserve stakeholder buy-in for quality initiatives likely to benefit our future patients.

 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Lindenauer reports that he received support from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to develop and maintain hospital outcome measures for pneumonia and COPD. Dr. Lindenauer is supported by grant K24HL132008 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Dr. Walkey was supported by grants K01-HL116768 and R01-HL139751 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute.

References

1. Elixhauser A, Friedman B, Stranges E. Septicemia in U.S. Hospitals, 2009. HCUP. Statistical Brief #122. Rockville MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011; p 1-13. PubMed
2. Liu V, Lei X, Prescott HC, Kipnis P, Iwashyna TJ, Escobar GJ. Hospital readmission and healthcare utilization following sepsis in community settings. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(8):502-507. PubMed
3. Liu V, Escobar GJ, Greene JD, et al. Hospital deaths in patients with sepsis from 2 independent cohorts. JAMA. 2014;312(1):90-92. PubMed
4. Peltan ID, Mitchell KH, Rudd KE, et al. Physician Variation in Time to Antimicrobial Treatment for Septic Patients Presenting to the Emergency Department. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(6):1011-1018. PubMed
5. Marik PE, Linde-Zwirble WT, Bittner EA, Sahatjian J, Hansell D. Fluid administration in severe sepsis and septic shock, patterns and outcomes: an analysis of a large national database. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(5):625-632. PubMed
6. Lagu T, Rothberg MB, Nathanson BH, Pekow PS, Steingrub JS, Lindenauer PK. Variation in the care of septic shock: the impact of patient and hospital characteristics. J Crit Care. 2012;27(4):329-336. PubMed
7. Wang HE, Donnelly JP, Shapiro NI, Hohmann SF, Levitan EB. Hospital variations in severe sepsis mortality. Am J Med Qual. 2015;30(4):328-336. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CMS Measures Inventory. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityMeasures/CMS-Measures-Inventory.html. Accessed June 8, 2017.
9. QualityNet. Specifications Manual, Version 5.0b, Section 2.2. Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&pagename=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier4&cid=1228774725171. Accessed June 8, 2017.
10. National Quality Forum. 0500 Severe sepsis and septic shock management bundle. http://www.qualityforum.org. Accessed June 8, 2017.
11. Rivers E, Nguyen B, Havstad S, et al. Early Goal-Directed Therapy in the Treatment of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:1368-1377. PubMed
12. Levy MM, Dellinger RP, Townsend SR, et al. The Surviving Sepsis Campaign: results of an international guideline-based performance improvement program targeting severe sepsis. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(2):367-374. PubMed
13. Levy MM, Artigas A, Phillips GS, et al. Outcomes of the Surviving Sepsis Campaign in intensive care units in the USA and Europe: a prospective cohort study. Lancet Infect Dis. 2012;12(12):919-924. PubMed
14. Ferrer R, Artigas A, Levy MM, et al. Improvement in process of care and outcome after a multicenter severe sepsis educational program in Spain. JAMA. 2008;299(19):2294-2303PubMed
15. Bone RC, Balk RA, Cerra FB, et al. Definitions for sepsis and organ failure and guidelines for the use of innovative therapies in sepsis. The ACCP/SCCM Consensus Conference Committee. American College of Chest Physicians/Society of Critical Care Medicine. Chest. 1992;101(6):1644-1655. PubMed
16. Singer M, Deutschman CS, Seymour CW, et al. The Third International Consensus Definitions for Sepsis and Septic Shock (Sepsis-3). JAMA. 2016;315(8):801-810. PubMed
17. Barbash IJ, Rak KJ, Kuza CC, Kahn JM. Hospital Perceptions of Medicare’s Sepsis Quality Reporting Initiative. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):963-967. 
18. The PRISM Investigators. Early, Goal-Directed Therapy for Septic Shock — A Patient-Level Meta-Analysis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2223-2234PubMed
19. National Quality Forum. NQF Revises Sepsis Measure. http://www.qualityforum.org/NQF_Revises_Sepsis_Measure.aspx. Accessed June 8, 2017.
20. Rhodes A, Evans LE, Alhazzani W, et al. Surviving Sepsis Campaign: International Guidelines for Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock: 2016. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(3):304-377. PubMed
21. Gould SJ. The median isn’t the message. Discover. 1985;6:40-42. PubMed
22. Hernandez G, Teboul JL. Fourth Surviving Sepsis Campaign’s hemodynamic recommendations: a step forward or a return to chaos? Crit Care. 2017;21(1):133. PubMed
23. Fugard AJ, Potts HW. Supporting thinking on sample sizes for thematic analyses. Int J Soc Res Methodol. 2015;18(6):669-684. 
24. Goff SL, Lagu T, Pekow PS, et al. A qualitative analysis of hospital leaders’ opinions about publicly reported measures of health care quality. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2015;41(4):169-176. PubMed
25. Kumar A, Haery C, Paladugu B, et al. The duration of hypotension before the initiation of antibiotic treatment is a critical determinant of survival in a murine model of Escherichia coli septic shock: association with serum lactate and inflammatory cytokine levels. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(2):251-258.
 PubMed
26. Liu VX, Fielding-Singh V, Greene JD, et al. The Timing of Early Antibiotics and Hospital Mortality in Sepsis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2017. [Epub ahead of print]. PubMed
27. Seymour CW, Gesten F, Prescott HC, et al. Time to Treatment and Mortality during Mandated Emergency Care for Sepsis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2235-2244PubMed
28. Kalil AC, Johnson DW, Lisco SJ, Sun J. Early Goal-Directed Therapy for Sepsis: A Novel Solution for Discordant Survival Outcomes in Clinical Trials. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(4):607-614. PubMed
29. Tu JV, Donovan LR, Lee DS, et al. Effectiveness of public report cards for improving the quality of cardiac care: the EFFECT study: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2009;302(21):2330-2337PubMed
30. Joynt KE, Blumenthal DM, Orav EJ, Resnic FS, Jha AK. Association of public reporting for percutaneous coronary intervention with utilization and outcomes among Medicare beneficiaries with acute myocardial infarction. JAMA. 2012;308(14):1460-1468. PubMed
31. Osborne NH, Nicholas LH, Ryan AM, Thumma JR, Dimick JB. Association of hospital participation in a quality reporting program with surgical outcomes and expenditures for Medicare beneficiaries. JAMA. 2015;313(5):496-504. PubMed
32. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 2001. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;12(11):1676-1684.Ann Am Thorac Soc36. Kramer RD, Cooke CR, Liu V, Miller RR 3rd, Iwashyna TJ. Variation in the Contents of Sepsis Bundles and Quality Measures. A Systematic Review. PubMed
34. 2012;40(11):2974-2981.Crit Care Med35. Rimmer E, Kumar A, Doucette S, et al. Activated protein C and septic shock: a propensity-matched cohort study*. PubMed
35. 2014;160(6):380-388.Ann Intern Med34. Rothberg MB, Pekow PS, Priya A, Lindenauer PK. Variation in diagnostic coding of patients with pneumonia and its association with hospital risk-standardized mortality rates: a cross-sectional analysis. PubMed
36. 2015;12(11):1597-1599. Ann Am Thorac Soc33. Wall MJ, Howell MD. Variation and Cost-effectiveness of Quality Measurement Programs. The Case of Sepsis Bundles. PubMed

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1019-1021
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

I didn’t have time to write a short letter, so I wrote a long one instead.”

-Mark Twain

Sepsis is a logical target for quality measures. Specifically, sepsis represents the perfect storm of immense public health burden1-3 combined with unexplained practice4-6 and outcomes7 variation. Thus, it is not surprising that in October 2015, the Centers of Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) adopted a sepsis quality measure.8 More surprising were the complex contents of the CMS Sepsis Core Measure “SEP-1” quality measure.9 CMS had written a “long letter.”

The multiple processes targeted with the CMS SEP-1 quality measure can best be understood with a brief account of history. SEP-1 arose from the National Quality Forum’s (NQF) project #0500: “Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management Bundle,” a measure based upon Rivers et al.’s10 single-center, randomized, controlled trial of early goal-directed therapy (EGDT) for severe sepsis. EGDT was an intervention that consisted of fluid resuscitation and hemodynamic management based upon fulfilling specific targets of central venous pressure, superior vena cava oxygen saturation (or lactic acid), and hemoglobin and mean arterial pressures.11 The large mortality benefits, physiological rationale, and algorithmic responses to a variety of abnormal clinical values provided an appealing protocol to critical care and emergency physicians trained to normalize measured values, as well as policy makers looking for quality measures. Observational studies consistently showed associations between adoption of guideline-based “sepsis bundles” and improved patient outcomes,12-14 setting the stage for the transition of NQF #0500 into SEP-1.

However, the transition from EGDT-based NQF #0500 to SEP-1 has been tumultuous. Soon after adoption of SEP-1, the consensus definitions of sepsis changed markedly. Sepsis went from being defined as the presence of infection with concomitant systemic inflammatory response syndrome (sepsis), organ dysfunction (severe sepsis), and/or shock,15 to being defined as a dysregulated response to infection resulting in life-threatening organ dysfunction (sepsis) and/or fluid-resistant hypotension requiring vasopressors and lactate greater than 2 mmol/L.16 As the study by Barbash et al.17in this issue clearly outlines, conflicting definitions of “sepsis” have left clinicians confused regarding whom the SEP-1 measure should apply. At the same time, results of 3 large, international, randomized trials investigating the efficacy of EGDT were published, providing strong evidence that EGDT did not provide improved patient outcomes over usual care.18 SEP-1 adapted with the evolving evidence base, adding putative “usual care” processes such as evaluation of skin and peripheral pulses, and use of dynamic measures of fluid responsiveness, as quality measures.19 However, as Barbash et al. also outline, the resulting process measure was incredibly complex, with potentially more than 50 data elements collected over 6 hours in the initial management of sepsis.

In addition to its unprecedented complexity, SEP-1 received criticism for the weak evidence base of its individual components. The general concepts behind SEP-1 are well-accepted tenets of sepsis management: rapid recognition, assessment and treatment of underlying infection, and institution of intravenous fluids and vasopressor support for septic shock. However, the “all or none” prescriptive nature of the SEP-1 bundle was based on a somewhat arbitrary set of measures and targets. For example, patients with septic shock must receive 30 cc/kg of intravenous fluids to be “SEP-1 compliant.” The value “30 cc/kg” was taken from the average volume of fluids reported in prior sepsis trials, essentially based on a very low level of evidence.20 The strict 30 cc/kg cutoff did not take into account that “the median isn’t the message”21 in fluid management: optimal resuscitation targets are unclear,22 and selecting the median as a target ignores the fact that 50% of patients enrolled in international trials of EGDT received less than 30 cc/kg of initial fluid resuscitation (the interquartile range was 16-42 cc/kg).18 Thus, most participants in trials upon which the SEP-1 fluid measure was based would ironically not have met the SEP-1 measure. Mandates for physical exam and physiological measures were based on similarly low levels of evidence.

Into this context, Barbash et al. use a representative sample of US hospitals to explore the opinions of hospital quality leaders regarding the SEP-1 measure. First, the qualitative methods used by Barbash et al. warrant some explanation. Much of biomedical research is characterized by hypothesis-driven, deductive reasoning: theories are tested using observations. In contrast, the methods of Barbash et al. use inductive reasoning: observations are used to develop theories within a systematic approach called “grounded theory” that explores common themes emerging from structured interviews.23 Inductive reasoning can later inform deductive reasoning, feeding theories into testable hypotheses. However, qualitative, inductive research is not meant to test hypotheses and is not subject to typical notions of “power and sample size” often expected of quantitative statistical analyses. Qualitative studies reach sufficient sample size when no further themes emerge, a situation called “thematic saturation”; the sample size here of 29 participants rests comfortably in the range of participants commonly needed for thematic saturation.23

Barbash et al. identified common themes in opinions of quality leaders regarding SEP-1. Namely, the complexity of SEP-1 necessitated a major resource investment into sepsis care and data collection. The major infrastructure investments needed to comply with SEP-1 also bred frustration regarding lack of perceived fairness around the “all or none” nature of the measure and raised multiple additional challenges including lack of clinician buy-in and resistance to protocolized care. Prior qualitative studies evaluating hospital quality leaders’ opinions on performance measures identified similar concerns about lack of “fairness,”24 but the implementation of SEP-1 has raised additional concern regarding the large burdens of instituting major infrastructure changes to monitor processes of care required to report on this measure. Despite the major challenges of responding to SEP-1, quality leaders expressed optimism that increased attention to sepsis would ultimately lead to better patient outcomes.

How might future sepsis quality measures achieve the adequate balance between focusing attention on improving care processes for high-impact diseases, without imposing additional burdens on the healthcare system? Lessons from Barbash et al. help us move forward. First, rather than taxing hospitals with administratively complex process measures, initial attempts at quality measures should start simply. Policy makers should consider moving forward into new areas of quality measurement in 2 ways: (1) pursue 1 or 2 processes with strong etiological links to important patient outcomes (eg, timely antibiotics in septic shock),25-28 and/or (2) use risk-adjusted outcomes and allow individual hospitals to adopt processes that improve local patient outcomes. Evidence suggests that the introduction of a quality measure may result in improved outcomes regardless of adoption of specific target processes,29 although results are mixed.30,31 In either case, complex “all or none” measures based upon weak evidence run a high risk of inciting clinician resentment and paradoxically perpetuating poor quality by increasing healthcare costs (decreased efficiency) without gains in safety, effectiveness, timeliness, or equity.32 It has been estimated that hospitals spend on average $2 million to implement SEP-1,33 with unclear return on the investment. The experience of SEP-1 is a reminder that, as evidence evolves, quality measures must adapt lest they become irrelevant. However, it is also a reminder that quality measures should not sit precariously on the edge of evidence. Withdrawal of process-based measures due to a changing evidence landscape breeds mistrust and impairs future attempts to improve quality.

Sepsis quality measures face additional challenges. If recent experience with interpretation of sepsis definitions can serve as a guide, variable uptake of newer sepsis definitions between/across hospitals will impair the ability to risk-adjust outcome measures and increase bias in identifying outlier hospitals.34 In addition, recent studies have already raised skepticism regarding the effectiveness of individual SEP-1 bundle components, confirming suspicions that the 30 cc/kg fluid bolus is not a magic quality target. Rather, the effectiveness of prior sepsis bundles has likely been driven by improved time to antibiotics, a process unstudied in sepsis trials, but driven by increased attention to the importance of early sepsis recognition and timely management.28 Timeliness of antibiotics can act as an effect modifier for more complex sepsis therapies, with quicker time to antibiotics associated with reversal of previously described effectiveness of activated protein C,35 and EGDT.28

Sepsis has a legacy in which improving simple processes (ie, time to antibiotics) obviates the need for more complex interventions (eg, activated protein C, EGDT). To the extent that CMS remains committed to using process-based measures of quality, those focused on sepsis are likely to be most effective when pared down to the simplest and strongest evidence base—improved recognition36 and timely antibiotics (for patients with infection-induced organ dysfunction and shock). Taking the time to start simply may best serve our current patients and preserve stakeholder buy-in for quality initiatives likely to benefit our future patients.

 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Lindenauer reports that he received support from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to develop and maintain hospital outcome measures for pneumonia and COPD. Dr. Lindenauer is supported by grant K24HL132008 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Dr. Walkey was supported by grants K01-HL116768 and R01-HL139751 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute.

I didn’t have time to write a short letter, so I wrote a long one instead.”

-Mark Twain

Sepsis is a logical target for quality measures. Specifically, sepsis represents the perfect storm of immense public health burden1-3 combined with unexplained practice4-6 and outcomes7 variation. Thus, it is not surprising that in October 2015, the Centers of Medicare and Medicaid Services (CMS) adopted a sepsis quality measure.8 More surprising were the complex contents of the CMS Sepsis Core Measure “SEP-1” quality measure.9 CMS had written a “long letter.”

The multiple processes targeted with the CMS SEP-1 quality measure can best be understood with a brief account of history. SEP-1 arose from the National Quality Forum’s (NQF) project #0500: “Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock: Management Bundle,” a measure based upon Rivers et al.’s10 single-center, randomized, controlled trial of early goal-directed therapy (EGDT) for severe sepsis. EGDT was an intervention that consisted of fluid resuscitation and hemodynamic management based upon fulfilling specific targets of central venous pressure, superior vena cava oxygen saturation (or lactic acid), and hemoglobin and mean arterial pressures.11 The large mortality benefits, physiological rationale, and algorithmic responses to a variety of abnormal clinical values provided an appealing protocol to critical care and emergency physicians trained to normalize measured values, as well as policy makers looking for quality measures. Observational studies consistently showed associations between adoption of guideline-based “sepsis bundles” and improved patient outcomes,12-14 setting the stage for the transition of NQF #0500 into SEP-1.

However, the transition from EGDT-based NQF #0500 to SEP-1 has been tumultuous. Soon after adoption of SEP-1, the consensus definitions of sepsis changed markedly. Sepsis went from being defined as the presence of infection with concomitant systemic inflammatory response syndrome (sepsis), organ dysfunction (severe sepsis), and/or shock,15 to being defined as a dysregulated response to infection resulting in life-threatening organ dysfunction (sepsis) and/or fluid-resistant hypotension requiring vasopressors and lactate greater than 2 mmol/L.16 As the study by Barbash et al.17in this issue clearly outlines, conflicting definitions of “sepsis” have left clinicians confused regarding whom the SEP-1 measure should apply. At the same time, results of 3 large, international, randomized trials investigating the efficacy of EGDT were published, providing strong evidence that EGDT did not provide improved patient outcomes over usual care.18 SEP-1 adapted with the evolving evidence base, adding putative “usual care” processes such as evaluation of skin and peripheral pulses, and use of dynamic measures of fluid responsiveness, as quality measures.19 However, as Barbash et al. also outline, the resulting process measure was incredibly complex, with potentially more than 50 data elements collected over 6 hours in the initial management of sepsis.

In addition to its unprecedented complexity, SEP-1 received criticism for the weak evidence base of its individual components. The general concepts behind SEP-1 are well-accepted tenets of sepsis management: rapid recognition, assessment and treatment of underlying infection, and institution of intravenous fluids and vasopressor support for septic shock. However, the “all or none” prescriptive nature of the SEP-1 bundle was based on a somewhat arbitrary set of measures and targets. For example, patients with septic shock must receive 30 cc/kg of intravenous fluids to be “SEP-1 compliant.” The value “30 cc/kg” was taken from the average volume of fluids reported in prior sepsis trials, essentially based on a very low level of evidence.20 The strict 30 cc/kg cutoff did not take into account that “the median isn’t the message”21 in fluid management: optimal resuscitation targets are unclear,22 and selecting the median as a target ignores the fact that 50% of patients enrolled in international trials of EGDT received less than 30 cc/kg of initial fluid resuscitation (the interquartile range was 16-42 cc/kg).18 Thus, most participants in trials upon which the SEP-1 fluid measure was based would ironically not have met the SEP-1 measure. Mandates for physical exam and physiological measures were based on similarly low levels of evidence.

Into this context, Barbash et al. use a representative sample of US hospitals to explore the opinions of hospital quality leaders regarding the SEP-1 measure. First, the qualitative methods used by Barbash et al. warrant some explanation. Much of biomedical research is characterized by hypothesis-driven, deductive reasoning: theories are tested using observations. In contrast, the methods of Barbash et al. use inductive reasoning: observations are used to develop theories within a systematic approach called “grounded theory” that explores common themes emerging from structured interviews.23 Inductive reasoning can later inform deductive reasoning, feeding theories into testable hypotheses. However, qualitative, inductive research is not meant to test hypotheses and is not subject to typical notions of “power and sample size” often expected of quantitative statistical analyses. Qualitative studies reach sufficient sample size when no further themes emerge, a situation called “thematic saturation”; the sample size here of 29 participants rests comfortably in the range of participants commonly needed for thematic saturation.23

Barbash et al. identified common themes in opinions of quality leaders regarding SEP-1. Namely, the complexity of SEP-1 necessitated a major resource investment into sepsis care and data collection. The major infrastructure investments needed to comply with SEP-1 also bred frustration regarding lack of perceived fairness around the “all or none” nature of the measure and raised multiple additional challenges including lack of clinician buy-in and resistance to protocolized care. Prior qualitative studies evaluating hospital quality leaders’ opinions on performance measures identified similar concerns about lack of “fairness,”24 but the implementation of SEP-1 has raised additional concern regarding the large burdens of instituting major infrastructure changes to monitor processes of care required to report on this measure. Despite the major challenges of responding to SEP-1, quality leaders expressed optimism that increased attention to sepsis would ultimately lead to better patient outcomes.

How might future sepsis quality measures achieve the adequate balance between focusing attention on improving care processes for high-impact diseases, without imposing additional burdens on the healthcare system? Lessons from Barbash et al. help us move forward. First, rather than taxing hospitals with administratively complex process measures, initial attempts at quality measures should start simply. Policy makers should consider moving forward into new areas of quality measurement in 2 ways: (1) pursue 1 or 2 processes with strong etiological links to important patient outcomes (eg, timely antibiotics in septic shock),25-28 and/or (2) use risk-adjusted outcomes and allow individual hospitals to adopt processes that improve local patient outcomes. Evidence suggests that the introduction of a quality measure may result in improved outcomes regardless of adoption of specific target processes,29 although results are mixed.30,31 In either case, complex “all or none” measures based upon weak evidence run a high risk of inciting clinician resentment and paradoxically perpetuating poor quality by increasing healthcare costs (decreased efficiency) without gains in safety, effectiveness, timeliness, or equity.32 It has been estimated that hospitals spend on average $2 million to implement SEP-1,33 with unclear return on the investment. The experience of SEP-1 is a reminder that, as evidence evolves, quality measures must adapt lest they become irrelevant. However, it is also a reminder that quality measures should not sit precariously on the edge of evidence. Withdrawal of process-based measures due to a changing evidence landscape breeds mistrust and impairs future attempts to improve quality.

Sepsis quality measures face additional challenges. If recent experience with interpretation of sepsis definitions can serve as a guide, variable uptake of newer sepsis definitions between/across hospitals will impair the ability to risk-adjust outcome measures and increase bias in identifying outlier hospitals.34 In addition, recent studies have already raised skepticism regarding the effectiveness of individual SEP-1 bundle components, confirming suspicions that the 30 cc/kg fluid bolus is not a magic quality target. Rather, the effectiveness of prior sepsis bundles has likely been driven by improved time to antibiotics, a process unstudied in sepsis trials, but driven by increased attention to the importance of early sepsis recognition and timely management.28 Timeliness of antibiotics can act as an effect modifier for more complex sepsis therapies, with quicker time to antibiotics associated with reversal of previously described effectiveness of activated protein C,35 and EGDT.28

Sepsis has a legacy in which improving simple processes (ie, time to antibiotics) obviates the need for more complex interventions (eg, activated protein C, EGDT). To the extent that CMS remains committed to using process-based measures of quality, those focused on sepsis are likely to be most effective when pared down to the simplest and strongest evidence base—improved recognition36 and timely antibiotics (for patients with infection-induced organ dysfunction and shock). Taking the time to start simply may best serve our current patients and preserve stakeholder buy-in for quality initiatives likely to benefit our future patients.

 

 

Disclosure

Dr. Lindenauer reports that he received support from the Centers for Medicare and Medicaid Services to develop and maintain hospital outcome measures for pneumonia and COPD. Dr. Lindenauer is supported by grant K24HL132008 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute. Dr. Walkey was supported by grants K01-HL116768 and R01-HL139751 from the National Heart, Lung, and Blood Institute.

References

1. Elixhauser A, Friedman B, Stranges E. Septicemia in U.S. Hospitals, 2009. HCUP. Statistical Brief #122. Rockville MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011; p 1-13. PubMed
2. Liu V, Lei X, Prescott HC, Kipnis P, Iwashyna TJ, Escobar GJ. Hospital readmission and healthcare utilization following sepsis in community settings. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(8):502-507. PubMed
3. Liu V, Escobar GJ, Greene JD, et al. Hospital deaths in patients with sepsis from 2 independent cohorts. JAMA. 2014;312(1):90-92. PubMed
4. Peltan ID, Mitchell KH, Rudd KE, et al. Physician Variation in Time to Antimicrobial Treatment for Septic Patients Presenting to the Emergency Department. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(6):1011-1018. PubMed
5. Marik PE, Linde-Zwirble WT, Bittner EA, Sahatjian J, Hansell D. Fluid administration in severe sepsis and septic shock, patterns and outcomes: an analysis of a large national database. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(5):625-632. PubMed
6. Lagu T, Rothberg MB, Nathanson BH, Pekow PS, Steingrub JS, Lindenauer PK. Variation in the care of septic shock: the impact of patient and hospital characteristics. J Crit Care. 2012;27(4):329-336. PubMed
7. Wang HE, Donnelly JP, Shapiro NI, Hohmann SF, Levitan EB. Hospital variations in severe sepsis mortality. Am J Med Qual. 2015;30(4):328-336. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CMS Measures Inventory. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityMeasures/CMS-Measures-Inventory.html. Accessed June 8, 2017.
9. QualityNet. Specifications Manual, Version 5.0b, Section 2.2. Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&pagename=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier4&cid=1228774725171. Accessed June 8, 2017.
10. National Quality Forum. 0500 Severe sepsis and septic shock management bundle. http://www.qualityforum.org. Accessed June 8, 2017.
11. Rivers E, Nguyen B, Havstad S, et al. Early Goal-Directed Therapy in the Treatment of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:1368-1377. PubMed
12. Levy MM, Dellinger RP, Townsend SR, et al. The Surviving Sepsis Campaign: results of an international guideline-based performance improvement program targeting severe sepsis. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(2):367-374. PubMed
13. Levy MM, Artigas A, Phillips GS, et al. Outcomes of the Surviving Sepsis Campaign in intensive care units in the USA and Europe: a prospective cohort study. Lancet Infect Dis. 2012;12(12):919-924. PubMed
14. Ferrer R, Artigas A, Levy MM, et al. Improvement in process of care and outcome after a multicenter severe sepsis educational program in Spain. JAMA. 2008;299(19):2294-2303PubMed
15. Bone RC, Balk RA, Cerra FB, et al. Definitions for sepsis and organ failure and guidelines for the use of innovative therapies in sepsis. The ACCP/SCCM Consensus Conference Committee. American College of Chest Physicians/Society of Critical Care Medicine. Chest. 1992;101(6):1644-1655. PubMed
16. Singer M, Deutschman CS, Seymour CW, et al. The Third International Consensus Definitions for Sepsis and Septic Shock (Sepsis-3). JAMA. 2016;315(8):801-810. PubMed
17. Barbash IJ, Rak KJ, Kuza CC, Kahn JM. Hospital Perceptions of Medicare’s Sepsis Quality Reporting Initiative. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):963-967. 
18. The PRISM Investigators. Early, Goal-Directed Therapy for Septic Shock — A Patient-Level Meta-Analysis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2223-2234PubMed
19. National Quality Forum. NQF Revises Sepsis Measure. http://www.qualityforum.org/NQF_Revises_Sepsis_Measure.aspx. Accessed June 8, 2017.
20. Rhodes A, Evans LE, Alhazzani W, et al. Surviving Sepsis Campaign: International Guidelines for Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock: 2016. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(3):304-377. PubMed
21. Gould SJ. The median isn’t the message. Discover. 1985;6:40-42. PubMed
22. Hernandez G, Teboul JL. Fourth Surviving Sepsis Campaign’s hemodynamic recommendations: a step forward or a return to chaos? Crit Care. 2017;21(1):133. PubMed
23. Fugard AJ, Potts HW. Supporting thinking on sample sizes for thematic analyses. Int J Soc Res Methodol. 2015;18(6):669-684. 
24. Goff SL, Lagu T, Pekow PS, et al. A qualitative analysis of hospital leaders’ opinions about publicly reported measures of health care quality. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2015;41(4):169-176. PubMed
25. Kumar A, Haery C, Paladugu B, et al. The duration of hypotension before the initiation of antibiotic treatment is a critical determinant of survival in a murine model of Escherichia coli septic shock: association with serum lactate and inflammatory cytokine levels. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(2):251-258.
 PubMed
26. Liu VX, Fielding-Singh V, Greene JD, et al. The Timing of Early Antibiotics and Hospital Mortality in Sepsis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2017. [Epub ahead of print]. PubMed
27. Seymour CW, Gesten F, Prescott HC, et al. Time to Treatment and Mortality during Mandated Emergency Care for Sepsis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2235-2244PubMed
28. Kalil AC, Johnson DW, Lisco SJ, Sun J. Early Goal-Directed Therapy for Sepsis: A Novel Solution for Discordant Survival Outcomes in Clinical Trials. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(4):607-614. PubMed
29. Tu JV, Donovan LR, Lee DS, et al. Effectiveness of public report cards for improving the quality of cardiac care: the EFFECT study: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2009;302(21):2330-2337PubMed
30. Joynt KE, Blumenthal DM, Orav EJ, Resnic FS, Jha AK. Association of public reporting for percutaneous coronary intervention with utilization and outcomes among Medicare beneficiaries with acute myocardial infarction. JAMA. 2012;308(14):1460-1468. PubMed
31. Osborne NH, Nicholas LH, Ryan AM, Thumma JR, Dimick JB. Association of hospital participation in a quality reporting program with surgical outcomes and expenditures for Medicare beneficiaries. JAMA. 2015;313(5):496-504. PubMed
32. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 2001. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;12(11):1676-1684.Ann Am Thorac Soc36. Kramer RD, Cooke CR, Liu V, Miller RR 3rd, Iwashyna TJ. Variation in the Contents of Sepsis Bundles and Quality Measures. A Systematic Review. PubMed
34. 2012;40(11):2974-2981.Crit Care Med35. Rimmer E, Kumar A, Doucette S, et al. Activated protein C and septic shock: a propensity-matched cohort study*. PubMed
35. 2014;160(6):380-388.Ann Intern Med34. Rothberg MB, Pekow PS, Priya A, Lindenauer PK. Variation in diagnostic coding of patients with pneumonia and its association with hospital risk-standardized mortality rates: a cross-sectional analysis. PubMed
36. 2015;12(11):1597-1599. Ann Am Thorac Soc33. Wall MJ, Howell MD. Variation and Cost-effectiveness of Quality Measurement Programs. The Case of Sepsis Bundles. PubMed

References

1. Elixhauser A, Friedman B, Stranges E. Septicemia in U.S. Hospitals, 2009. HCUP. Statistical Brief #122. Rockville MD: Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality; 2011; p 1-13. PubMed
2. Liu V, Lei X, Prescott HC, Kipnis P, Iwashyna TJ, Escobar GJ. Hospital readmission and healthcare utilization following sepsis in community settings. J Hosp Med. 2014;9(8):502-507. PubMed
3. Liu V, Escobar GJ, Greene JD, et al. Hospital deaths in patients with sepsis from 2 independent cohorts. JAMA. 2014;312(1):90-92. PubMed
4. Peltan ID, Mitchell KH, Rudd KE, et al. Physician Variation in Time to Antimicrobial Treatment for Septic Patients Presenting to the Emergency Department. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(6):1011-1018. PubMed
5. Marik PE, Linde-Zwirble WT, Bittner EA, Sahatjian J, Hansell D. Fluid administration in severe sepsis and septic shock, patterns and outcomes: an analysis of a large national database. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(5):625-632. PubMed
6. Lagu T, Rothberg MB, Nathanson BH, Pekow PS, Steingrub JS, Lindenauer PK. Variation in the care of septic shock: the impact of patient and hospital characteristics. J Crit Care. 2012;27(4):329-336. PubMed
7. Wang HE, Donnelly JP, Shapiro NI, Hohmann SF, Levitan EB. Hospital variations in severe sepsis mortality. Am J Med Qual. 2015;30(4):328-336. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. CMS Measures Inventory. https://www.cms.gov/Medicare/Quality-Initiatives-Patient-Assessment-Instruments/QualityMeasures/CMS-Measures-Inventory.html. Accessed June 8, 2017.
9. QualityNet. Specifications Manual, Version 5.0b, Section 2.2. Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. https://www.qualitynet.org/dcs/ContentServer?c=Page&pagename=QnetPublic%2FPage%2FQnetTier4&cid=1228774725171. Accessed June 8, 2017.
10. National Quality Forum. 0500 Severe sepsis and septic shock management bundle. http://www.qualityforum.org. Accessed June 8, 2017.
11. Rivers E, Nguyen B, Havstad S, et al. Early Goal-Directed Therapy in the Treatment of Severe Sepsis and Septic Shock. N Engl J Med. 2001;345:1368-1377. PubMed
12. Levy MM, Dellinger RP, Townsend SR, et al. The Surviving Sepsis Campaign: results of an international guideline-based performance improvement program targeting severe sepsis. Crit Care Med. 2010;38(2):367-374. PubMed
13. Levy MM, Artigas A, Phillips GS, et al. Outcomes of the Surviving Sepsis Campaign in intensive care units in the USA and Europe: a prospective cohort study. Lancet Infect Dis. 2012;12(12):919-924. PubMed
14. Ferrer R, Artigas A, Levy MM, et al. Improvement in process of care and outcome after a multicenter severe sepsis educational program in Spain. JAMA. 2008;299(19):2294-2303PubMed
15. Bone RC, Balk RA, Cerra FB, et al. Definitions for sepsis and organ failure and guidelines for the use of innovative therapies in sepsis. The ACCP/SCCM Consensus Conference Committee. American College of Chest Physicians/Society of Critical Care Medicine. Chest. 1992;101(6):1644-1655. PubMed
16. Singer M, Deutschman CS, Seymour CW, et al. The Third International Consensus Definitions for Sepsis and Septic Shock (Sepsis-3). JAMA. 2016;315(8):801-810. PubMed
17. Barbash IJ, Rak KJ, Kuza CC, Kahn JM. Hospital Perceptions of Medicare’s Sepsis Quality Reporting Initiative. J Hosp Med. 2017;12(12):963-967. 
18. The PRISM Investigators. Early, Goal-Directed Therapy for Septic Shock — A Patient-Level Meta-Analysis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2223-2234PubMed
19. National Quality Forum. NQF Revises Sepsis Measure. http://www.qualityforum.org/NQF_Revises_Sepsis_Measure.aspx. Accessed June 8, 2017.
20. Rhodes A, Evans LE, Alhazzani W, et al. Surviving Sepsis Campaign: International Guidelines for Management of Sepsis and Septic Shock: 2016. Intensive Care Med. 2017;43(3):304-377. PubMed
21. Gould SJ. The median isn’t the message. Discover. 1985;6:40-42. PubMed
22. Hernandez G, Teboul JL. Fourth Surviving Sepsis Campaign’s hemodynamic recommendations: a step forward or a return to chaos? Crit Care. 2017;21(1):133. PubMed
23. Fugard AJ, Potts HW. Supporting thinking on sample sizes for thematic analyses. Int J Soc Res Methodol. 2015;18(6):669-684. 
24. Goff SL, Lagu T, Pekow PS, et al. A qualitative analysis of hospital leaders’ opinions about publicly reported measures of health care quality. Jt Comm J Qual Patient Saf. 2015;41(4):169-176. PubMed
25. Kumar A, Haery C, Paladugu B, et al. The duration of hypotension before the initiation of antibiotic treatment is a critical determinant of survival in a murine model of Escherichia coli septic shock: association with serum lactate and inflammatory cytokine levels. J Infect Dis. 2006;193(2):251-258.
 PubMed
26. Liu VX, Fielding-Singh V, Greene JD, et al. The Timing of Early Antibiotics and Hospital Mortality in Sepsis. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2017. [Epub ahead of print]. PubMed
27. Seymour CW, Gesten F, Prescott HC, et al. Time to Treatment and Mortality during Mandated Emergency Care for Sepsis. N Engl J Med. 2017;376:2235-2244PubMed
28. Kalil AC, Johnson DW, Lisco SJ, Sun J. Early Goal-Directed Therapy for Sepsis: A Novel Solution for Discordant Survival Outcomes in Clinical Trials. Crit Care Med. 2017;45(4):607-614. PubMed
29. Tu JV, Donovan LR, Lee DS, et al. Effectiveness of public report cards for improving the quality of cardiac care: the EFFECT study: a randomized trial. JAMA. 2009;302(21):2330-2337PubMed
30. Joynt KE, Blumenthal DM, Orav EJ, Resnic FS, Jha AK. Association of public reporting for percutaneous coronary intervention with utilization and outcomes among Medicare beneficiaries with acute myocardial infarction. JAMA. 2012;308(14):1460-1468. PubMed
31. Osborne NH, Nicholas LH, Ryan AM, Thumma JR, Dimick JB. Association of hospital participation in a quality reporting program with surgical outcomes and expenditures for Medicare beneficiaries. JAMA. 2015;313(5):496-504. PubMed
32. Institute of Medicine (US) Committee on Quality of Health Care in America. Crossing the Quality Chasm: A New Health System for the 21st Century. Washington (DC): National Academies Press (US); 2001. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;12(11):1676-1684.Ann Am Thorac Soc36. Kramer RD, Cooke CR, Liu V, Miller RR 3rd, Iwashyna TJ. Variation in the Contents of Sepsis Bundles and Quality Measures. A Systematic Review. PubMed
34. 2012;40(11):2974-2981.Crit Care Med35. Rimmer E, Kumar A, Doucette S, et al. Activated protein C and septic shock: a propensity-matched cohort study*. PubMed
35. 2014;160(6):380-388.Ann Intern Med34. Rothberg MB, Pekow PS, Priya A, Lindenauer PK. Variation in diagnostic coding of patients with pneumonia and its association with hospital risk-standardized mortality rates: a cross-sectional analysis. PubMed
36. 2015;12(11):1597-1599. Ann Am Thorac Soc33. Wall MJ, Howell MD. Variation and Cost-effectiveness of Quality Measurement Programs. The Case of Sepsis Bundles. PubMed

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1019-1021
Page Number
1019-1021
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

©2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Peter K. Lindenauer, MD, MSc, Institute for Healthcare Delivery and Population Science and Department of Medicine, University of Massachusetts Medical School-Baystate, 3601 Main Street, Springfield, MA, 01199; Telephone: 413-794-5987; Fax: 413-794-8866; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Open Access (article Unlocked/Open Access)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Cardiac Biomarkers—Are We Testing Wisely?

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 12/16/2017 - 21:05

Cardiac biomarker testing, along with a thorough patient history, physical exam, and an electrocardiogram, is required for the diagnosis of patients with suspected acute coronary syndrome (ACS). For nearly 3 decades, 2 cardiac biomarkers, troponin (I or T) and creatine kinase-MB fraction (CK-MB), have been ordered together to evaluate ACS patients out of concern that utilizing a single biomarker might be less diagnostically accurate than using 2 biomarkers. However, subsequent studies have shown that troponin is far more sensitive and specific for myocardial injury than CK-MB.1,2 Troponin testing offers important prognostic information irrespective of whether the CK-MB is normal or abnormal.3,4 In 2015, the American Society of Clinical Pathology released a Choosing Wisely® recommendation against ordering CK-MB (or myoglobin) for the diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction (AMI).5 This reflects an emerging consensus that CK-MB testing represents low-value care while troponin testing alone is the appropriate diagnostic strategy for ACS patients.

Remarkably, we know very little about patterns of cardiac biomarker utilization in clinical practice. In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Prochaska et al.6 provide a valuable snapshot of troponin and CK-MB utilization at 91 U.S. academic medical centers (AMCs) for 18 months prior to and following the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. From a retrospective review of 106,954 inpatient discharges with a principal diagnosis of AMI, they report a 29.2% rate of troponin-only testing in 2013 with a gradual increase over 3 years to 53.5% in 2016. Interestingly, the study’s baseline troponin-only utilization rate is consistent with a 2013 College of American Pathologists survey, which estimated that 23% of U.S. clinical laboratories no longer process CK-MB (and therefore run troponins alone).7

Did the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation have an impact on providers choosing cardiac biomarkers wisely? The authors answer this question in a novel way by stratifying hospitals into performance tertiles for each study quarter and then further classifying them into groups that were consistently high, middle, and low performers throughout the study period. Using an interrupted time series design, they identify 26 hospitals who improved their troponin-only testing performance tertile during the study period and examine their average quarterly rate of change. As illustrated in Figure 3, they report a sharp increase in the rate of change of troponin-only testing shortly after the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. The authors reasonably conclude that the Choosing Wisely® campaign “appeared to facilitate accelerated adoption of troponin-only testing” among these hospitals.

However, we should interpret these results with caution. The authors highlight several limitations, including the absence of causality common in observational studies and insufficient time to follow-up to capture the full (or transient) impact of the intervention. There are factors external to the Choosing Wisely® campaign that may have influenced cardiac biomarker testing patterns observed. Examples include variation in hospital leadership, financial drivers, and local culture that promote high-value care. We also note that (1) there are several published interventions to improve troponin-only ordering that predate the Choosing Wisely® campaign8,9; (2) a prominent cardiology guideline endorsed the use of troponin as a preferred cardiac biomarker in 201210; and (3) a widely cited opinion by prominent researchers called for the elimination of CK-MB from clinical practice in 2008.11 These publications suggest there was already an awareness of and efforts underway to improve cardiac enzyme testing contributing to the results described by Prochaska et al.

Limitations notwithstanding, we commend Prochaska et al. for conducting the first-known description of patient-level trend rates of troponin and CK-MB testing. Finally, it is worth noting that where there is accomplishment, there is also opportunity. At the end of the study period, nearly 50% of institutions had yet to adopt a troponin-only strategy. While there has been an overall trend towards improvement, this number remains high. We may conjecture as to possible explanations: Providers may be unconvinced that a single troponin is sufficient in the diagnosis of ACS (ie, lack of knowledge or debate over the interpretation of available science), stakeholders may be slow to de-adopt practices using appropriate systems levers (eg, laboratories delisting CK-MB processing), and incentives may be lacking to motivate AMCs. The results of this study should be used as a burning platform to those who wish to “test wisely” in cardiac biomarker use.

 

 

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest or financial disclosures.

References

1. Katus HA, Remppis A, Neumann FJ, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of troponin T measurements in acute myocardial infarction. Circulation. 1991;83:902-912. PubMed
2. Adams JE III, Bodor GS, Dávila-Román VG, et al. Cardiac troponin I. A marker with high specificity for cardiac injury. Circulation. 1993;88:101-106. PubMed
3. Newby LK, Roe MT, Chen AY, et al. Frequency and clinical implications of discordant creatine kinase-MB and troponin measurements in acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47:312-318. PubMed
4. Goodman SG, Steg PG, Eagle KA, et al. The diagnostic and prognostic impact of the redefinition of acute myocardial infarction: lessons from the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Am Heart J. 2006;151:654-660. PubMed
5. American Society of Clinical Pathology - Choosing Wisely recommendations; http://www.choosingwisely.org/clinicianlists/#parentSociety=American_Society_for_Clinical_Pathology. Released February 2015. Accessed June 12, 2017.
6. Prochaska MT, Hohmann SF, Modes M, Arora VM. Trends in Troponin-Only Testing for AMI in Academic Teaching Hospitals and the Impact of Choosing Wisely®. J Hosp
Med. 2017;12(12):957-962. 

7. Singh G, Baweja PS. CK-MB: Journey to Obsolescence. Am J Clin Pathol. 2014;141(3):415-419. PubMed
8. Larochelle MR, Knight AM, Pantle H, Riedel S, Trost JC. Reducing excess biomarker use at an academic medical center. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(11):1468-1474. PubMed
9. Baron JM, Lewandrowski KB, Kamis IK, Singh B, Belkziz SM, Dighe AS. A novel strategy for evaluating the effects of an electronic test ordering alert message: optimizing cardiac marker use. J Pathol Inform. 2012;3:3. PubMed
10. Thygesen K, Alpert JS, Jaffe AS, et al. Third Universal Definition of Myocardial Infarction. Circulation. 2012;126:2020-2035. PubMed
11. Saenger AK, Jaffe AS. Requiem for a Heavyweight: The Demise of CK-MB. Circulation. 2008;118(21):2200-2206PubMed

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1017-1018. Published online first September 20, 2017
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Cardiac biomarker testing, along with a thorough patient history, physical exam, and an electrocardiogram, is required for the diagnosis of patients with suspected acute coronary syndrome (ACS). For nearly 3 decades, 2 cardiac biomarkers, troponin (I or T) and creatine kinase-MB fraction (CK-MB), have been ordered together to evaluate ACS patients out of concern that utilizing a single biomarker might be less diagnostically accurate than using 2 biomarkers. However, subsequent studies have shown that troponin is far more sensitive and specific for myocardial injury than CK-MB.1,2 Troponin testing offers important prognostic information irrespective of whether the CK-MB is normal or abnormal.3,4 In 2015, the American Society of Clinical Pathology released a Choosing Wisely® recommendation against ordering CK-MB (or myoglobin) for the diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction (AMI).5 This reflects an emerging consensus that CK-MB testing represents low-value care while troponin testing alone is the appropriate diagnostic strategy for ACS patients.

Remarkably, we know very little about patterns of cardiac biomarker utilization in clinical practice. In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Prochaska et al.6 provide a valuable snapshot of troponin and CK-MB utilization at 91 U.S. academic medical centers (AMCs) for 18 months prior to and following the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. From a retrospective review of 106,954 inpatient discharges with a principal diagnosis of AMI, they report a 29.2% rate of troponin-only testing in 2013 with a gradual increase over 3 years to 53.5% in 2016. Interestingly, the study’s baseline troponin-only utilization rate is consistent with a 2013 College of American Pathologists survey, which estimated that 23% of U.S. clinical laboratories no longer process CK-MB (and therefore run troponins alone).7

Did the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation have an impact on providers choosing cardiac biomarkers wisely? The authors answer this question in a novel way by stratifying hospitals into performance tertiles for each study quarter and then further classifying them into groups that were consistently high, middle, and low performers throughout the study period. Using an interrupted time series design, they identify 26 hospitals who improved their troponin-only testing performance tertile during the study period and examine their average quarterly rate of change. As illustrated in Figure 3, they report a sharp increase in the rate of change of troponin-only testing shortly after the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. The authors reasonably conclude that the Choosing Wisely® campaign “appeared to facilitate accelerated adoption of troponin-only testing” among these hospitals.

However, we should interpret these results with caution. The authors highlight several limitations, including the absence of causality common in observational studies and insufficient time to follow-up to capture the full (or transient) impact of the intervention. There are factors external to the Choosing Wisely® campaign that may have influenced cardiac biomarker testing patterns observed. Examples include variation in hospital leadership, financial drivers, and local culture that promote high-value care. We also note that (1) there are several published interventions to improve troponin-only ordering that predate the Choosing Wisely® campaign8,9; (2) a prominent cardiology guideline endorsed the use of troponin as a preferred cardiac biomarker in 201210; and (3) a widely cited opinion by prominent researchers called for the elimination of CK-MB from clinical practice in 2008.11 These publications suggest there was already an awareness of and efforts underway to improve cardiac enzyme testing contributing to the results described by Prochaska et al.

Limitations notwithstanding, we commend Prochaska et al. for conducting the first-known description of patient-level trend rates of troponin and CK-MB testing. Finally, it is worth noting that where there is accomplishment, there is also opportunity. At the end of the study period, nearly 50% of institutions had yet to adopt a troponin-only strategy. While there has been an overall trend towards improvement, this number remains high. We may conjecture as to possible explanations: Providers may be unconvinced that a single troponin is sufficient in the diagnosis of ACS (ie, lack of knowledge or debate over the interpretation of available science), stakeholders may be slow to de-adopt practices using appropriate systems levers (eg, laboratories delisting CK-MB processing), and incentives may be lacking to motivate AMCs. The results of this study should be used as a burning platform to those who wish to “test wisely” in cardiac biomarker use.

 

 

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest or financial disclosures.

Cardiac biomarker testing, along with a thorough patient history, physical exam, and an electrocardiogram, is required for the diagnosis of patients with suspected acute coronary syndrome (ACS). For nearly 3 decades, 2 cardiac biomarkers, troponin (I or T) and creatine kinase-MB fraction (CK-MB), have been ordered together to evaluate ACS patients out of concern that utilizing a single biomarker might be less diagnostically accurate than using 2 biomarkers. However, subsequent studies have shown that troponin is far more sensitive and specific for myocardial injury than CK-MB.1,2 Troponin testing offers important prognostic information irrespective of whether the CK-MB is normal or abnormal.3,4 In 2015, the American Society of Clinical Pathology released a Choosing Wisely® recommendation against ordering CK-MB (or myoglobin) for the diagnosis of acute myocardial infarction (AMI).5 This reflects an emerging consensus that CK-MB testing represents low-value care while troponin testing alone is the appropriate diagnostic strategy for ACS patients.

Remarkably, we know very little about patterns of cardiac biomarker utilization in clinical practice. In this issue of the Journal of Hospital Medicine, Prochaska et al.6 provide a valuable snapshot of troponin and CK-MB utilization at 91 U.S. academic medical centers (AMCs) for 18 months prior to and following the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. From a retrospective review of 106,954 inpatient discharges with a principal diagnosis of AMI, they report a 29.2% rate of troponin-only testing in 2013 with a gradual increase over 3 years to 53.5% in 2016. Interestingly, the study’s baseline troponin-only utilization rate is consistent with a 2013 College of American Pathologists survey, which estimated that 23% of U.S. clinical laboratories no longer process CK-MB (and therefore run troponins alone).7

Did the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation have an impact on providers choosing cardiac biomarkers wisely? The authors answer this question in a novel way by stratifying hospitals into performance tertiles for each study quarter and then further classifying them into groups that were consistently high, middle, and low performers throughout the study period. Using an interrupted time series design, they identify 26 hospitals who improved their troponin-only testing performance tertile during the study period and examine their average quarterly rate of change. As illustrated in Figure 3, they report a sharp increase in the rate of change of troponin-only testing shortly after the release of the 2015 Choosing Wisely® recommendation. The authors reasonably conclude that the Choosing Wisely® campaign “appeared to facilitate accelerated adoption of troponin-only testing” among these hospitals.

However, we should interpret these results with caution. The authors highlight several limitations, including the absence of causality common in observational studies and insufficient time to follow-up to capture the full (or transient) impact of the intervention. There are factors external to the Choosing Wisely® campaign that may have influenced cardiac biomarker testing patterns observed. Examples include variation in hospital leadership, financial drivers, and local culture that promote high-value care. We also note that (1) there are several published interventions to improve troponin-only ordering that predate the Choosing Wisely® campaign8,9; (2) a prominent cardiology guideline endorsed the use of troponin as a preferred cardiac biomarker in 201210; and (3) a widely cited opinion by prominent researchers called for the elimination of CK-MB from clinical practice in 2008.11 These publications suggest there was already an awareness of and efforts underway to improve cardiac enzyme testing contributing to the results described by Prochaska et al.

Limitations notwithstanding, we commend Prochaska et al. for conducting the first-known description of patient-level trend rates of troponin and CK-MB testing. Finally, it is worth noting that where there is accomplishment, there is also opportunity. At the end of the study period, nearly 50% of institutions had yet to adopt a troponin-only strategy. While there has been an overall trend towards improvement, this number remains high. We may conjecture as to possible explanations: Providers may be unconvinced that a single troponin is sufficient in the diagnosis of ACS (ie, lack of knowledge or debate over the interpretation of available science), stakeholders may be slow to de-adopt practices using appropriate systems levers (eg, laboratories delisting CK-MB processing), and incentives may be lacking to motivate AMCs. The results of this study should be used as a burning platform to those who wish to “test wisely” in cardiac biomarker use.

 

 

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest or financial disclosures.

References

1. Katus HA, Remppis A, Neumann FJ, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of troponin T measurements in acute myocardial infarction. Circulation. 1991;83:902-912. PubMed
2. Adams JE III, Bodor GS, Dávila-Román VG, et al. Cardiac troponin I. A marker with high specificity for cardiac injury. Circulation. 1993;88:101-106. PubMed
3. Newby LK, Roe MT, Chen AY, et al. Frequency and clinical implications of discordant creatine kinase-MB and troponin measurements in acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47:312-318. PubMed
4. Goodman SG, Steg PG, Eagle KA, et al. The diagnostic and prognostic impact of the redefinition of acute myocardial infarction: lessons from the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Am Heart J. 2006;151:654-660. PubMed
5. American Society of Clinical Pathology - Choosing Wisely recommendations; http://www.choosingwisely.org/clinicianlists/#parentSociety=American_Society_for_Clinical_Pathology. Released February 2015. Accessed June 12, 2017.
6. Prochaska MT, Hohmann SF, Modes M, Arora VM. Trends in Troponin-Only Testing for AMI in Academic Teaching Hospitals and the Impact of Choosing Wisely®. J Hosp
Med. 2017;12(12):957-962. 

7. Singh G, Baweja PS. CK-MB: Journey to Obsolescence. Am J Clin Pathol. 2014;141(3):415-419. PubMed
8. Larochelle MR, Knight AM, Pantle H, Riedel S, Trost JC. Reducing excess biomarker use at an academic medical center. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(11):1468-1474. PubMed
9. Baron JM, Lewandrowski KB, Kamis IK, Singh B, Belkziz SM, Dighe AS. A novel strategy for evaluating the effects of an electronic test ordering alert message: optimizing cardiac marker use. J Pathol Inform. 2012;3:3. PubMed
10. Thygesen K, Alpert JS, Jaffe AS, et al. Third Universal Definition of Myocardial Infarction. Circulation. 2012;126:2020-2035. PubMed
11. Saenger AK, Jaffe AS. Requiem for a Heavyweight: The Demise of CK-MB. Circulation. 2008;118(21):2200-2206PubMed

References

1. Katus HA, Remppis A, Neumann FJ, et al. Diagnostic efficiency of troponin T measurements in acute myocardial infarction. Circulation. 1991;83:902-912. PubMed
2. Adams JE III, Bodor GS, Dávila-Román VG, et al. Cardiac troponin I. A marker with high specificity for cardiac injury. Circulation. 1993;88:101-106. PubMed
3. Newby LK, Roe MT, Chen AY, et al. Frequency and clinical implications of discordant creatine kinase-MB and troponin measurements in acute coronary syndromes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47:312-318. PubMed
4. Goodman SG, Steg PG, Eagle KA, et al. The diagnostic and prognostic impact of the redefinition of acute myocardial infarction: lessons from the Global Registry of Acute Coronary Events (GRACE). Am Heart J. 2006;151:654-660. PubMed
5. American Society of Clinical Pathology - Choosing Wisely recommendations; http://www.choosingwisely.org/clinicianlists/#parentSociety=American_Society_for_Clinical_Pathology. Released February 2015. Accessed June 12, 2017.
6. Prochaska MT, Hohmann SF, Modes M, Arora VM. Trends in Troponin-Only Testing for AMI in Academic Teaching Hospitals and the Impact of Choosing Wisely®. J Hosp
Med. 2017;12(12):957-962. 

7. Singh G, Baweja PS. CK-MB: Journey to Obsolescence. Am J Clin Pathol. 2014;141(3):415-419. PubMed
8. Larochelle MR, Knight AM, Pantle H, Riedel S, Trost JC. Reducing excess biomarker use at an academic medical center. J Gen Intern Med. 2014;29(11):1468-1474. PubMed
9. Baron JM, Lewandrowski KB, Kamis IK, Singh B, Belkziz SM, Dighe AS. A novel strategy for evaluating the effects of an electronic test ordering alert message: optimizing cardiac marker use. J Pathol Inform. 2012;3:3. PubMed
10. Thygesen K, Alpert JS, Jaffe AS, et al. Third Universal Definition of Myocardial Infarction. Circulation. 2012;126:2020-2035. PubMed
11. Saenger AK, Jaffe AS. Requiem for a Heavyweight: The Demise of CK-MB. Circulation. 2008;118(21):2200-2206PubMed

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1017-1018. Published online first September 20, 2017
Page Number
1017-1018. Published online first September 20, 2017
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Christine Soong, MD, MSc, 428-600 University Avenue, Toronto, ON, Canada M5G 1X5; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Opportunities and Challenges for Improving the Patient Experience in the Acute and Post–Acute Care Setting Using Patient Portals: The Patient’s Perspective

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 12/16/2017 - 20:57

To realize the vision of patient-centered care, efforts are focusing on engaging patients and “care partners,” often a family caregiver, by using patient-facing technologies.1-4 Web-based patient portals linked to the electronic health record (EHR) provide patients and care partners with the ability to access personal health information online and to communicate with clinicians. In recent years, institutions have been increasing patient portal offerings to improve the patient experience, promote safety, and optimize healthcare delivery.5-7

DRIVERS OF ADOPTION

The adoption of patient portals has been driven by federal incentive programs (Meaningful Use), efforts by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology to improve patient outcomes and the transition toward value-based reimbursement.2,8,9 The vast majority of use has been in ambulatory settings; use for acute care is nascent at best.10 Among hospitalized patients, few bring an internet-enabled computer or mobile device to access personal health records online.11 However, evidence suggests that care partners will use portals on behalf of acutely ill patients.4 As the Caregiver Advise, Record, Enable Act is implemented, hospitals will be required to identify patients’ care partners during hospitalization, inform them when the patient is ready for discharge, and provide self-management instructions during the transition home.12 In this context, understanding how best to leverage acute care patient portals will be important to institutions, clinicians, and vendors.

CURRENT KNOWLEDGE

The literature regarding acute care patient portals is rapidly growing.4,10 Hospitalized patients have unmet information and communication needs, and hospital-based clinicians struggle to meet these needs in a timely manner.13-15 In general, patients feel that using a mobile device to access personal health records has the potential to improve their experience.11 Early studies suggest that acute care patient portals can promote patient-centered communication and collaboration during hospitalization, including in intensive care settings.4,16,17 Furthermore, the use of acute care patient portals can improve perception of safety and quality, decrease anxiety, and increase understanding of health conditions.3,14 Although early evidence is promising, considerable knowledge gaps exist regarding patient outcomes over the acute episode of care.10,18

OUTSTANDING QUESTIONS

A clear area of interest is accessing acute care patient portals via mobile technology to engage patients during recovery from hospitalization.4,11 Although we do not yet know whether use during care transitions will favorably impact outcomes, given the high rate of harm after discharge, this seems likely.19 The few studies evaluating the effect on validated measures of engagement (Patient Activation Measure) and hospital readmissions have not shown demonstrable improvement to date.20,21 Clearly, optimizing acute care patient portals with regard to patient-clinician communication, as well as the type, timing, and format of information delivered, will be necessary to maximize value.4,22

From the patient’s perspective, there is much we can learn.23 Is the information that is presented pertinent, timely, and easy to understand? Will the use of portals detract from face-to-face interactions? Does greater transparency foster more accountability? Achieving an appropriate balance of digital health-information sharing for hospitalized patients is challenging given the sensitivity of patient data when diagnoses are uncertain and treatments are in flux.4,24 These questions must be answered as hospitals implement acute care patient portals.

ACUTE CARE PATIENT PORTAL TASK FORCE

To start addressing knowledge gaps, we established a task force of 21 leading researchers, informatics and policy experts, and clinical leaders. The Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force was a subgroup of the Libretto Consortium, a collaboration of 4 academic medical centers established by the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation to design, develop, and implement technologies to engage patients, care partners, and providers in preventing harm in hospital settings. Initially, we were challenged with assessing stakeholders’ perspectives from early adopter institutions. We learned that acute care patient portals must offer an integrated experience across care settings, humanize the patient-clinician relationship, enable equitable access, and align with institutional strategy to promote sustainability.19

In 2016, we convened the conference Acute Care Patient Portals 2020: Opportunities and Challenges for Development, Implementation, and Innovation. A total of 71 individuals participated, including chief medical informatics officers, chief nursing informatics officers, chief medical officers, chief nursing officers, quality and safety officers, executive directors, researchers, informatics experts, software developers, clinicians, patient and family advocates, entrepreneurs, policy leaders, and vendor representatives. The purpose of the meeting was multipronged; a key goal was to understand the patient’s perspective during hospitalization. To achieve this, we led a panel composed of 3 patients who served on patient and family advisory councils at early adopter institutions. Panelists were asked to discuss how the use of patient-facing technologies could address current gaps. Meeting transcripts and notes were synthesized, summarized, and reviewed by task force members. By using a group consensus approach, we identified 3 main themes (Table 1). These themes confirm many of the opportunities and challenges reported in the literature but through the lens of the patient. We believe the insight gained will be valuable as institutions start implementing acute care patient portals.

 

 

Cognitive Support

The opportunities identified include acclimatizing and assimilating to the hospital environment (reviewing policies and patient rights) and facilitating self-education and preparation by linking to personal health information and providing structured guidance at transitions.4 For example, a care partner of an incapacitated patient may watch a video to orient to the intensive care unit, navigate educational content linked to the patient’s admission diagnosis (pneumonia) entered in the EHR, view the timing of an upcoming imaging study (chest computed tomography scan), and complete a standardized checklist prior to discharge.

The main challenges we identified include ensuring accuracy of hospital-, unit-, and patient-level information, addressing information overload, configuring notification and display settings to optimize the user experience, presenting information at an appropriate health literacy level,4,21 and addressing security and privacy concerns when expanding access to family members.24

Respect and Boundaries

Opportunities identified include supporting individual learning styles by using interactive features of mobile devices to improve comprehension for visual, auditory, and tactile learners and reinforcing learning through the use of various types of digital media.25-27 For example, a visual learner may view a video tutorial for a newly prescribed medication. A tactile learner may prefer to use interactive graphical displays that exploit multidimensional touch capabilities of mobile devices to learn about active conditions or an upcoming procedure. An auditory learner may choose to use intelligent personal assistants to navigate their plan of care (“Hey Siri, what is my schedule for today?”). By addressing the learning preferences of patients and time constraints of clinicians, institutions can use acute care patient portals to promote more respectful interactions and collaborative decision-making during important care processes, such as obtaining surgical consent.28,29

We also identified opportunities to facilitate personalization by tailoring educational content and by enabling the use of patient-generated health data collected from wearable devices. For example, patients may prefer to interact with a virtual advocate to review discharge instructions (“Louis” in Project Re-Engineered Discharge) when personalized to their demographics and health literacy level.30-32 Patients may choose to upload step counts from wearable devices so that clinicians can monitor activity goals in preparation for discharge and while recovering afterwards. When supported in these ways, acute care patient portals allow patients to have more meaningful interactions with clinicians about diagnoses, treatments, prognosis, and goals for recovery.

The main challenges we identified include balancing interactions with technology and clinicians, ensuring clinicians understand how patients from different socioeconomic backgrounds use existing and newer technology to enhance self-management, assessing health and technology literacy, and understanding individual preferences for sharing patient-generated health data. Importantly, we must remain vigilant that patients will express concern about overdependence on technology, especially if it detracts from in-person interaction; our panelists emphasized that technology should never replace “human touch.”

Patient and Family Empowerment

The opportunities identified include promoting patient-centered communication by supporting a real-time and asynchronous dialogue among patients, care partners, and care team members (including ambulatory clinicians) while minimizing conversational silos4,33; displaying names, roles, and pictures of all care team members4,34; fostering transparency by sharing clinician documentation in progress notes and sign-outs35; ensuring accountability for a single plan of care spanning shift changes and handoffs, and providing a mechanism to enable real-time feedback.

Hospitalization can be a vulnerable and isolating experience, perpetuated by a lack of timely and coordinated communication with the care team. We identified opportunities to mitigate anxiety by promoting shared understanding when questions require input from multiple clinicians, when team members change, or when patients wish to communicate with their longitudinal ambulatory providers.4,34 For example, inviting patients to review clinicians’ progress notes should stimulate more open and meaningful communication.35 Furthermore, requesting that patients state their wishes, preferences, and goals could improve overall concordance with care team members.36,37 Empowering patients and care partners to voice their concerns, particularly those related to miscommunication, may mitigate harm propagated by handoffs, shift work, and weekend coverage.38,39 While reporting safety concerns represents a novel mechanism to augment medical-error reporting by clinicians alone,23,40 this strategy will be most effective when aligned with standardized communication initiatives (I-PASS) that have been proven to reduce medical errors and preventable adverse events and are being implemented nationally.41 Finally, by leveraging tools that facilitate instantaneous feedback, patients can be empowered to react to their plan (ranking skilled nursing facility options) as it is developed.

The main challenges we identified include managing expectations regarding the use of communication tools, accurately and reliably identifying care team members in the EHR,34 acknowledging patients as equal partners, ensuring patients receive a consistent message about diagnoses and therapies during handoffs and when multiple consultants have conflicting opinions about the plan,37 and addressing patient concerns fairly and respectfully.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

As hospitals start implementing acute care patient portals, how should we prepare? We offer several recommendations to guide key stakeholders (Table 2). Institutions would benefit from aligning implementation with forthcoming regulations and value-based reimbursement initiatives. Clinicians would benefit from using acute care patient portals to enhance concurrent patient engagement initiatives (patient-centered bedside rounds, transitional care interventions). Vendors would benefit by recognizing that current offerings fall short of the desired features and functionality, from partnering formally with patients and advocacy groups to enhance their offerings, especially when incorporating new technologies (artificial intelligence); and from enabling the use of open-application programming interfaces and emerging technology standards that allow third-party applications addressing existing gaps to exchange data quickly and securely.42

In summary, the patient-centered themes we identified serve as guiding principles for institutions, clinicians, and vendors who wish to use patient portals to improve the acute and postacute care patient experience. One central message resonates: Patients do not simply want access to their health information and the ability to communicate with the clinicians who furnish this information; they want to feel supported, respected, and empowered when doing so. It is only through partnership with patients and their advocates that we can fully realize the impact of digital technologies when patients are in their most vulnerable state.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank their colleagues and the patient and family advocates who contributed to this body of work as part of the Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force and conference: Brittany Couture; Ronen Rozenblum, PhD, MPH; Jennifer Prey, MPhil, MS, PhD; Kristin O’Reilly, RN, BSN, MPH; Patricia Q. Bourie, RN, MS, Cindy Dwyer, RN, BSN,S; Ryan Greysen, MD, MHS, MA; Jeffery Smith, MPP; Michael Gropper, MD, PhD; Patricia Dykes, RN, PhD; Martha B. Carnie; Jeffrey W. Mello; and Jane Webster.

Disclosure

Anuj K. Dalal, MD, David W. Bates, MD, MSc, and Sarah Collins, RN, PhD, are responsible for the conception or design of the work; acquisition, analysis, or interpretation of data; drafting the work or revising it critically for important intellectual content; and final approval of the version to be published. The authors agree to be accountable for all aspects of the work and to ensure that questions related to the accuracy or integrity of the work are appropriately investigated and resolved. This work was supported by a grant from the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation ([GBMF] #4993). GBMF had no role in the design or conduct of the study; the collection, analysis, or interpretation of data; or preparation or review of the manuscript. The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of GBMF. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

References

1. Sarkar U, Bates DW. Care partners and online patient portals. JAMA. 2014;311(4):357-358. PubMed
2. Grando MA, Rozenblum R, Bates DW, eds. Information Technology for Patient Empowerment in Healthcare, 1st Edition. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter Inc.; 2015.
3. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(1):153-161. PubMed
4. Dalal AK, Dykes PC, Collins S, et al. A web-based, patient-centered toolkit to engage patients and caregivers in the acute care setting: A preliminary evaluation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):80-87. PubMed
5. Prey JE, Restaino S, Vawdrey DK. Providing hospital patients with access to their medical records. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2014;2014:1884-1893. PubMed
6. Herrin J, Harris KG, Kenward K, Hines S, Joshi MS, Frosch DL. Patient and family engagement: A survey of US hospital practices. BMJ Qual Saf. 2016;25(3):182-189. PubMed
7. Tom JO, Mangione-Smith R, Solomon C, Grossman DC. Integrated personal health record use: Association with parent-reported care experiences. Pediatrics. 2012;130(1):e183-e190. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare and Medicaid Programs; Electronic Health Record Incentive Program-Stage 2. Federal Register Final Rule. Sect. 170; 2012. https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2012/03/07/2012-4443/medicare-and-medicaid-programs-electronic-health-record-incentive-program-stage-2. Accessed March 1, 2017.
9. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare program; merit-based incentive payment system (MIPS) and alternative payment model (APM) incentive under the physician fee schedule, and criteria for physician-focused payment models. Final rule with comment period. Fed Regist. 2016;81(214):77008-77831PubMed
10. Prey JE, Woollen J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient engagement in the inpatient setting: A systematic review. J Am Med Informat Assoc. 2014;21(4):742-750. PubMed
11. Ludwin S, Greysen SR. Use of smartphones and mobile devices in hospitalized patients: Untapped opportunities for inpatient engagement. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(7):459-461. PubMed
12. Coleman EA. Family caregivers as partners in care transitions: The caregiver advise record and enable act. J Hosp Med. 2016;11(12):883-885. PubMed
13. Kaziunas E, Hanauer DA, Ackerman MS, Choi SW. Identifying unmet informational needs in the inpatient setting to increase patient and caregiver engagement in the context of pediatric hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):94-104. PubMed
14. Woollen J, Prey J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient experiences using an inpatient personal health record. Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):446-460. PubMed
15. Irizarry T, DeVito Dabbs A, Curran CR. Patient portals and patient engagement: A state of the science review. J Med Internet Res. 2015;17(6):e148. doi:10.2196/jmir.4255. PubMed
16. Vawdrey DK, Wilcox LG, Collins SA, et al. A tablet computer application for patients to participate in their hospital care. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2011;2011:1428-1435. PubMed
17. Collins SA, Rozenblum R, Leung WY, et al. Acute care patient portals: A qualitative study of stakeholder perspectives on current practices. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(e1):e9-e17. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: A systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. PubMed
19. Forster AJ, Murff HJ, Peterson JF, Gandhi TK, Bates DW. The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital. Ann Intern Med. 2003;138(3):161-167. PubMed
20. Griffin A, Skinner A, Thornhill J, Weinberger M. Patient Portals: Who uses them? What features do they use? And do they reduce hospital readmissions? Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):489-501. PubMed
21. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed
22. O’Leary KJ, Sharma RK, Killarney A, et al. Patients’ and Healthcare Providers’ Perceptions of a Mobile Portal Application for Hospitalized Patients. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak. 2016;16(1):123. PubMed
23. Pell JM, Mancuso M, Limon S, Oman K, Lin CT. Patient access to electronic health records during hospitalization. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(5):856-858. PubMed
24. Brown SM, Aboumatar HJ, Francis L, et al. Balancing digital information-sharing and patient privacy when engaging families in the intensive care unit. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(5):995-1000PubMed
25. Krishna S, Francisco BD, Balas EA, et al. Internet-enabled interactive multimedia asthma education program: A randomized trial. Pediatrics. 2003;111(3):503-510. PubMed
26. Fox MP. A systematic review of the literature reporting on studies that examined the impact of interactive, computer-based patient education programs. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(1):6-13. PubMed
27. Morgan ER, Laing K, McCarthy J, McCrate F, Seal MD. Using tablet-based technology in patient education about systemic therapy options for early-stage breast cancer: A pilot study. Curr Oncol. 2015;22(5):e364-e369. PubMed
28. Nehme J, El-Khani U, Chow A, Hakky S, Ahmed AR, Purkayastha S. The use of multimedia consent programs for surgical procedures: A systematic review. Surg Innov. 2013;20(1):13-23. PubMed
29. Waller A, Forshaw K, Carey M, et al. Optimizing patient preparation and surgical experience using eHealth technology. JMIR Med Inform. 2015;3(3):e29. PubMed
30. Abbott MB, Shaw P. Virtual nursing avatars: Nurse roles and evolving concepts of care. Online J Issues Nurs. 2016;21(3):7. PubMed
31. Cawthon C, Walia S, Osborn CY, Niesner KJ, Schnipper JL, Kripalani S. Improving care transitions: The patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17 Suppl 3:312-324. PubMed
32. Bickmore TW, Pfeifer LM, Byron D, et al. Usability of conversational agents by patients with inadequate health literacy: Evidence from two clinical trials. J Health Commun. 2010;15 Suppl 2:197-210. PubMed

 

 

33. 2017;376(20):1905-1907. N Engl J Med.42. Mandl KD, Kohane IS. A 21st-century health IT system—creating a real-world information economy. PubMed
34. 2014;371(19):1803-1812.N Engl J Med41. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. PubMed
35. 2016;24(1):153-161.J Am Med Inform Assoc.40. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. PubMed
36. 2017;171(4):372-381.JAMA Pediatr.39. Khan A, Coffey M, Litterer KP, et al. Families as partners in hospital error and adverse event surveillance. PubMed
37. 2017;17(4):389-402.Acad Pediatr.38. Khan A, Baird J, Rogers JE, et al. Parent and provider experience and shared understanding after a family-centered nighttime communication intervention. PubMed
38. 2016;6(6):319-329.Hosp Pediatr. 37. Khan A, Rogers JE, Forster CS, Furtak SL, Schuster MA, Landrigan CP. Communication and shared understanding between parents and resident-physicians at night.  PubMed

39. 2016;11(9):615-619.J Hosp Med36. Figueroa JF, Schnipper JL, McNally K, Stade D, Lipsitz SR, Dalal AK. How often are hospitalized patients and providers on the same page with regard to the patient’s primary recovery goal for hospitalization? PubMed
40. 2013;8(7):414-417.J Hosp Med.35. Feldman HJ, Walker J, Li J, Delbanco T. OpenNotes: Hospitalists’ challenge and opportunity. PubMed
41. 2016;11(5):381-385.J Hosp Med.34. Dalal AK, Schnipper JL. Care team identification in the electronic health record: A critical first step for patient-centered communication.PubMed
42. 2016;24(e1):e178-e184.J Am Med Inform Assoc.33. Dalal AK, Schnipper J, Massaro A, et al. A web-based and mobile patient-centered “microblog” messaging platform to improve care team communication in acute care. PubMed

 

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1012-1016. Published online first August 23, 2017
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

To realize the vision of patient-centered care, efforts are focusing on engaging patients and “care partners,” often a family caregiver, by using patient-facing technologies.1-4 Web-based patient portals linked to the electronic health record (EHR) provide patients and care partners with the ability to access personal health information online and to communicate with clinicians. In recent years, institutions have been increasing patient portal offerings to improve the patient experience, promote safety, and optimize healthcare delivery.5-7

DRIVERS OF ADOPTION

The adoption of patient portals has been driven by federal incentive programs (Meaningful Use), efforts by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology to improve patient outcomes and the transition toward value-based reimbursement.2,8,9 The vast majority of use has been in ambulatory settings; use for acute care is nascent at best.10 Among hospitalized patients, few bring an internet-enabled computer or mobile device to access personal health records online.11 However, evidence suggests that care partners will use portals on behalf of acutely ill patients.4 As the Caregiver Advise, Record, Enable Act is implemented, hospitals will be required to identify patients’ care partners during hospitalization, inform them when the patient is ready for discharge, and provide self-management instructions during the transition home.12 In this context, understanding how best to leverage acute care patient portals will be important to institutions, clinicians, and vendors.

CURRENT KNOWLEDGE

The literature regarding acute care patient portals is rapidly growing.4,10 Hospitalized patients have unmet information and communication needs, and hospital-based clinicians struggle to meet these needs in a timely manner.13-15 In general, patients feel that using a mobile device to access personal health records has the potential to improve their experience.11 Early studies suggest that acute care patient portals can promote patient-centered communication and collaboration during hospitalization, including in intensive care settings.4,16,17 Furthermore, the use of acute care patient portals can improve perception of safety and quality, decrease anxiety, and increase understanding of health conditions.3,14 Although early evidence is promising, considerable knowledge gaps exist regarding patient outcomes over the acute episode of care.10,18

OUTSTANDING QUESTIONS

A clear area of interest is accessing acute care patient portals via mobile technology to engage patients during recovery from hospitalization.4,11 Although we do not yet know whether use during care transitions will favorably impact outcomes, given the high rate of harm after discharge, this seems likely.19 The few studies evaluating the effect on validated measures of engagement (Patient Activation Measure) and hospital readmissions have not shown demonstrable improvement to date.20,21 Clearly, optimizing acute care patient portals with regard to patient-clinician communication, as well as the type, timing, and format of information delivered, will be necessary to maximize value.4,22

From the patient’s perspective, there is much we can learn.23 Is the information that is presented pertinent, timely, and easy to understand? Will the use of portals detract from face-to-face interactions? Does greater transparency foster more accountability? Achieving an appropriate balance of digital health-information sharing for hospitalized patients is challenging given the sensitivity of patient data when diagnoses are uncertain and treatments are in flux.4,24 These questions must be answered as hospitals implement acute care patient portals.

ACUTE CARE PATIENT PORTAL TASK FORCE

To start addressing knowledge gaps, we established a task force of 21 leading researchers, informatics and policy experts, and clinical leaders. The Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force was a subgroup of the Libretto Consortium, a collaboration of 4 academic medical centers established by the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation to design, develop, and implement technologies to engage patients, care partners, and providers in preventing harm in hospital settings. Initially, we were challenged with assessing stakeholders’ perspectives from early adopter institutions. We learned that acute care patient portals must offer an integrated experience across care settings, humanize the patient-clinician relationship, enable equitable access, and align with institutional strategy to promote sustainability.19

In 2016, we convened the conference Acute Care Patient Portals 2020: Opportunities and Challenges for Development, Implementation, and Innovation. A total of 71 individuals participated, including chief medical informatics officers, chief nursing informatics officers, chief medical officers, chief nursing officers, quality and safety officers, executive directors, researchers, informatics experts, software developers, clinicians, patient and family advocates, entrepreneurs, policy leaders, and vendor representatives. The purpose of the meeting was multipronged; a key goal was to understand the patient’s perspective during hospitalization. To achieve this, we led a panel composed of 3 patients who served on patient and family advisory councils at early adopter institutions. Panelists were asked to discuss how the use of patient-facing technologies could address current gaps. Meeting transcripts and notes were synthesized, summarized, and reviewed by task force members. By using a group consensus approach, we identified 3 main themes (Table 1). These themes confirm many of the opportunities and challenges reported in the literature but through the lens of the patient. We believe the insight gained will be valuable as institutions start implementing acute care patient portals.

 

 

Cognitive Support

The opportunities identified include acclimatizing and assimilating to the hospital environment (reviewing policies and patient rights) and facilitating self-education and preparation by linking to personal health information and providing structured guidance at transitions.4 For example, a care partner of an incapacitated patient may watch a video to orient to the intensive care unit, navigate educational content linked to the patient’s admission diagnosis (pneumonia) entered in the EHR, view the timing of an upcoming imaging study (chest computed tomography scan), and complete a standardized checklist prior to discharge.

The main challenges we identified include ensuring accuracy of hospital-, unit-, and patient-level information, addressing information overload, configuring notification and display settings to optimize the user experience, presenting information at an appropriate health literacy level,4,21 and addressing security and privacy concerns when expanding access to family members.24

Respect and Boundaries

Opportunities identified include supporting individual learning styles by using interactive features of mobile devices to improve comprehension for visual, auditory, and tactile learners and reinforcing learning through the use of various types of digital media.25-27 For example, a visual learner may view a video tutorial for a newly prescribed medication. A tactile learner may prefer to use interactive graphical displays that exploit multidimensional touch capabilities of mobile devices to learn about active conditions or an upcoming procedure. An auditory learner may choose to use intelligent personal assistants to navigate their plan of care (“Hey Siri, what is my schedule for today?”). By addressing the learning preferences of patients and time constraints of clinicians, institutions can use acute care patient portals to promote more respectful interactions and collaborative decision-making during important care processes, such as obtaining surgical consent.28,29

We also identified opportunities to facilitate personalization by tailoring educational content and by enabling the use of patient-generated health data collected from wearable devices. For example, patients may prefer to interact with a virtual advocate to review discharge instructions (“Louis” in Project Re-Engineered Discharge) when personalized to their demographics and health literacy level.30-32 Patients may choose to upload step counts from wearable devices so that clinicians can monitor activity goals in preparation for discharge and while recovering afterwards. When supported in these ways, acute care patient portals allow patients to have more meaningful interactions with clinicians about diagnoses, treatments, prognosis, and goals for recovery.

The main challenges we identified include balancing interactions with technology and clinicians, ensuring clinicians understand how patients from different socioeconomic backgrounds use existing and newer technology to enhance self-management, assessing health and technology literacy, and understanding individual preferences for sharing patient-generated health data. Importantly, we must remain vigilant that patients will express concern about overdependence on technology, especially if it detracts from in-person interaction; our panelists emphasized that technology should never replace “human touch.”

Patient and Family Empowerment

The opportunities identified include promoting patient-centered communication by supporting a real-time and asynchronous dialogue among patients, care partners, and care team members (including ambulatory clinicians) while minimizing conversational silos4,33; displaying names, roles, and pictures of all care team members4,34; fostering transparency by sharing clinician documentation in progress notes and sign-outs35; ensuring accountability for a single plan of care spanning shift changes and handoffs, and providing a mechanism to enable real-time feedback.

Hospitalization can be a vulnerable and isolating experience, perpetuated by a lack of timely and coordinated communication with the care team. We identified opportunities to mitigate anxiety by promoting shared understanding when questions require input from multiple clinicians, when team members change, or when patients wish to communicate with their longitudinal ambulatory providers.4,34 For example, inviting patients to review clinicians’ progress notes should stimulate more open and meaningful communication.35 Furthermore, requesting that patients state their wishes, preferences, and goals could improve overall concordance with care team members.36,37 Empowering patients and care partners to voice their concerns, particularly those related to miscommunication, may mitigate harm propagated by handoffs, shift work, and weekend coverage.38,39 While reporting safety concerns represents a novel mechanism to augment medical-error reporting by clinicians alone,23,40 this strategy will be most effective when aligned with standardized communication initiatives (I-PASS) that have been proven to reduce medical errors and preventable adverse events and are being implemented nationally.41 Finally, by leveraging tools that facilitate instantaneous feedback, patients can be empowered to react to their plan (ranking skilled nursing facility options) as it is developed.

The main challenges we identified include managing expectations regarding the use of communication tools, accurately and reliably identifying care team members in the EHR,34 acknowledging patients as equal partners, ensuring patients receive a consistent message about diagnoses and therapies during handoffs and when multiple consultants have conflicting opinions about the plan,37 and addressing patient concerns fairly and respectfully.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

As hospitals start implementing acute care patient portals, how should we prepare? We offer several recommendations to guide key stakeholders (Table 2). Institutions would benefit from aligning implementation with forthcoming regulations and value-based reimbursement initiatives. Clinicians would benefit from using acute care patient portals to enhance concurrent patient engagement initiatives (patient-centered bedside rounds, transitional care interventions). Vendors would benefit by recognizing that current offerings fall short of the desired features and functionality, from partnering formally with patients and advocacy groups to enhance their offerings, especially when incorporating new technologies (artificial intelligence); and from enabling the use of open-application programming interfaces and emerging technology standards that allow third-party applications addressing existing gaps to exchange data quickly and securely.42

In summary, the patient-centered themes we identified serve as guiding principles for institutions, clinicians, and vendors who wish to use patient portals to improve the acute and postacute care patient experience. One central message resonates: Patients do not simply want access to their health information and the ability to communicate with the clinicians who furnish this information; they want to feel supported, respected, and empowered when doing so. It is only through partnership with patients and their advocates that we can fully realize the impact of digital technologies when patients are in their most vulnerable state.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank their colleagues and the patient and family advocates who contributed to this body of work as part of the Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force and conference: Brittany Couture; Ronen Rozenblum, PhD, MPH; Jennifer Prey, MPhil, MS, PhD; Kristin O’Reilly, RN, BSN, MPH; Patricia Q. Bourie, RN, MS, Cindy Dwyer, RN, BSN,S; Ryan Greysen, MD, MHS, MA; Jeffery Smith, MPP; Michael Gropper, MD, PhD; Patricia Dykes, RN, PhD; Martha B. Carnie; Jeffrey W. Mello; and Jane Webster.

Disclosure

Anuj K. Dalal, MD, David W. Bates, MD, MSc, and Sarah Collins, RN, PhD, are responsible for the conception or design of the work; acquisition, analysis, or interpretation of data; drafting the work or revising it critically for important intellectual content; and final approval of the version to be published. The authors agree to be accountable for all aspects of the work and to ensure that questions related to the accuracy or integrity of the work are appropriately investigated and resolved. This work was supported by a grant from the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation ([GBMF] #4993). GBMF had no role in the design or conduct of the study; the collection, analysis, or interpretation of data; or preparation or review of the manuscript. The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of GBMF. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

To realize the vision of patient-centered care, efforts are focusing on engaging patients and “care partners,” often a family caregiver, by using patient-facing technologies.1-4 Web-based patient portals linked to the electronic health record (EHR) provide patients and care partners with the ability to access personal health information online and to communicate with clinicians. In recent years, institutions have been increasing patient portal offerings to improve the patient experience, promote safety, and optimize healthcare delivery.5-7

DRIVERS OF ADOPTION

The adoption of patient portals has been driven by federal incentive programs (Meaningful Use), efforts by the Center for Medicare and Medicaid Services, and the Office of the National Coordinator for Health Information Technology to improve patient outcomes and the transition toward value-based reimbursement.2,8,9 The vast majority of use has been in ambulatory settings; use for acute care is nascent at best.10 Among hospitalized patients, few bring an internet-enabled computer or mobile device to access personal health records online.11 However, evidence suggests that care partners will use portals on behalf of acutely ill patients.4 As the Caregiver Advise, Record, Enable Act is implemented, hospitals will be required to identify patients’ care partners during hospitalization, inform them when the patient is ready for discharge, and provide self-management instructions during the transition home.12 In this context, understanding how best to leverage acute care patient portals will be important to institutions, clinicians, and vendors.

CURRENT KNOWLEDGE

The literature regarding acute care patient portals is rapidly growing.4,10 Hospitalized patients have unmet information and communication needs, and hospital-based clinicians struggle to meet these needs in a timely manner.13-15 In general, patients feel that using a mobile device to access personal health records has the potential to improve their experience.11 Early studies suggest that acute care patient portals can promote patient-centered communication and collaboration during hospitalization, including in intensive care settings.4,16,17 Furthermore, the use of acute care patient portals can improve perception of safety and quality, decrease anxiety, and increase understanding of health conditions.3,14 Although early evidence is promising, considerable knowledge gaps exist regarding patient outcomes over the acute episode of care.10,18

OUTSTANDING QUESTIONS

A clear area of interest is accessing acute care patient portals via mobile technology to engage patients during recovery from hospitalization.4,11 Although we do not yet know whether use during care transitions will favorably impact outcomes, given the high rate of harm after discharge, this seems likely.19 The few studies evaluating the effect on validated measures of engagement (Patient Activation Measure) and hospital readmissions have not shown demonstrable improvement to date.20,21 Clearly, optimizing acute care patient portals with regard to patient-clinician communication, as well as the type, timing, and format of information delivered, will be necessary to maximize value.4,22

From the patient’s perspective, there is much we can learn.23 Is the information that is presented pertinent, timely, and easy to understand? Will the use of portals detract from face-to-face interactions? Does greater transparency foster more accountability? Achieving an appropriate balance of digital health-information sharing for hospitalized patients is challenging given the sensitivity of patient data when diagnoses are uncertain and treatments are in flux.4,24 These questions must be answered as hospitals implement acute care patient portals.

ACUTE CARE PATIENT PORTAL TASK FORCE

To start addressing knowledge gaps, we established a task force of 21 leading researchers, informatics and policy experts, and clinical leaders. The Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force was a subgroup of the Libretto Consortium, a collaboration of 4 academic medical centers established by the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation to design, develop, and implement technologies to engage patients, care partners, and providers in preventing harm in hospital settings. Initially, we were challenged with assessing stakeholders’ perspectives from early adopter institutions. We learned that acute care patient portals must offer an integrated experience across care settings, humanize the patient-clinician relationship, enable equitable access, and align with institutional strategy to promote sustainability.19

In 2016, we convened the conference Acute Care Patient Portals 2020: Opportunities and Challenges for Development, Implementation, and Innovation. A total of 71 individuals participated, including chief medical informatics officers, chief nursing informatics officers, chief medical officers, chief nursing officers, quality and safety officers, executive directors, researchers, informatics experts, software developers, clinicians, patient and family advocates, entrepreneurs, policy leaders, and vendor representatives. The purpose of the meeting was multipronged; a key goal was to understand the patient’s perspective during hospitalization. To achieve this, we led a panel composed of 3 patients who served on patient and family advisory councils at early adopter institutions. Panelists were asked to discuss how the use of patient-facing technologies could address current gaps. Meeting transcripts and notes were synthesized, summarized, and reviewed by task force members. By using a group consensus approach, we identified 3 main themes (Table 1). These themes confirm many of the opportunities and challenges reported in the literature but through the lens of the patient. We believe the insight gained will be valuable as institutions start implementing acute care patient portals.

 

 

Cognitive Support

The opportunities identified include acclimatizing and assimilating to the hospital environment (reviewing policies and patient rights) and facilitating self-education and preparation by linking to personal health information and providing structured guidance at transitions.4 For example, a care partner of an incapacitated patient may watch a video to orient to the intensive care unit, navigate educational content linked to the patient’s admission diagnosis (pneumonia) entered in the EHR, view the timing of an upcoming imaging study (chest computed tomography scan), and complete a standardized checklist prior to discharge.

The main challenges we identified include ensuring accuracy of hospital-, unit-, and patient-level information, addressing information overload, configuring notification and display settings to optimize the user experience, presenting information at an appropriate health literacy level,4,21 and addressing security and privacy concerns when expanding access to family members.24

Respect and Boundaries

Opportunities identified include supporting individual learning styles by using interactive features of mobile devices to improve comprehension for visual, auditory, and tactile learners and reinforcing learning through the use of various types of digital media.25-27 For example, a visual learner may view a video tutorial for a newly prescribed medication. A tactile learner may prefer to use interactive graphical displays that exploit multidimensional touch capabilities of mobile devices to learn about active conditions or an upcoming procedure. An auditory learner may choose to use intelligent personal assistants to navigate their plan of care (“Hey Siri, what is my schedule for today?”). By addressing the learning preferences of patients and time constraints of clinicians, institutions can use acute care patient portals to promote more respectful interactions and collaborative decision-making during important care processes, such as obtaining surgical consent.28,29

We also identified opportunities to facilitate personalization by tailoring educational content and by enabling the use of patient-generated health data collected from wearable devices. For example, patients may prefer to interact with a virtual advocate to review discharge instructions (“Louis” in Project Re-Engineered Discharge) when personalized to their demographics and health literacy level.30-32 Patients may choose to upload step counts from wearable devices so that clinicians can monitor activity goals in preparation for discharge and while recovering afterwards. When supported in these ways, acute care patient portals allow patients to have more meaningful interactions with clinicians about diagnoses, treatments, prognosis, and goals for recovery.

The main challenges we identified include balancing interactions with technology and clinicians, ensuring clinicians understand how patients from different socioeconomic backgrounds use existing and newer technology to enhance self-management, assessing health and technology literacy, and understanding individual preferences for sharing patient-generated health data. Importantly, we must remain vigilant that patients will express concern about overdependence on technology, especially if it detracts from in-person interaction; our panelists emphasized that technology should never replace “human touch.”

Patient and Family Empowerment

The opportunities identified include promoting patient-centered communication by supporting a real-time and asynchronous dialogue among patients, care partners, and care team members (including ambulatory clinicians) while minimizing conversational silos4,33; displaying names, roles, and pictures of all care team members4,34; fostering transparency by sharing clinician documentation in progress notes and sign-outs35; ensuring accountability for a single plan of care spanning shift changes and handoffs, and providing a mechanism to enable real-time feedback.

Hospitalization can be a vulnerable and isolating experience, perpetuated by a lack of timely and coordinated communication with the care team. We identified opportunities to mitigate anxiety by promoting shared understanding when questions require input from multiple clinicians, when team members change, or when patients wish to communicate with their longitudinal ambulatory providers.4,34 For example, inviting patients to review clinicians’ progress notes should stimulate more open and meaningful communication.35 Furthermore, requesting that patients state their wishes, preferences, and goals could improve overall concordance with care team members.36,37 Empowering patients and care partners to voice their concerns, particularly those related to miscommunication, may mitigate harm propagated by handoffs, shift work, and weekend coverage.38,39 While reporting safety concerns represents a novel mechanism to augment medical-error reporting by clinicians alone,23,40 this strategy will be most effective when aligned with standardized communication initiatives (I-PASS) that have been proven to reduce medical errors and preventable adverse events and are being implemented nationally.41 Finally, by leveraging tools that facilitate instantaneous feedback, patients can be empowered to react to their plan (ranking skilled nursing facility options) as it is developed.

The main challenges we identified include managing expectations regarding the use of communication tools, accurately and reliably identifying care team members in the EHR,34 acknowledging patients as equal partners, ensuring patients receive a consistent message about diagnoses and therapies during handoffs and when multiple consultants have conflicting opinions about the plan,37 and addressing patient concerns fairly and respectfully.

 

 

RECOMMENDATIONS AND CONCLUSIONS

As hospitals start implementing acute care patient portals, how should we prepare? We offer several recommendations to guide key stakeholders (Table 2). Institutions would benefit from aligning implementation with forthcoming regulations and value-based reimbursement initiatives. Clinicians would benefit from using acute care patient portals to enhance concurrent patient engagement initiatives (patient-centered bedside rounds, transitional care interventions). Vendors would benefit by recognizing that current offerings fall short of the desired features and functionality, from partnering formally with patients and advocacy groups to enhance their offerings, especially when incorporating new technologies (artificial intelligence); and from enabling the use of open-application programming interfaces and emerging technology standards that allow third-party applications addressing existing gaps to exchange data quickly and securely.42

In summary, the patient-centered themes we identified serve as guiding principles for institutions, clinicians, and vendors who wish to use patient portals to improve the acute and postacute care patient experience. One central message resonates: Patients do not simply want access to their health information and the ability to communicate with the clinicians who furnish this information; they want to feel supported, respected, and empowered when doing so. It is only through partnership with patients and their advocates that we can fully realize the impact of digital technologies when patients are in their most vulnerable state.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank their colleagues and the patient and family advocates who contributed to this body of work as part of the Acute Care Patient Portal Task Force and conference: Brittany Couture; Ronen Rozenblum, PhD, MPH; Jennifer Prey, MPhil, MS, PhD; Kristin O’Reilly, RN, BSN, MPH; Patricia Q. Bourie, RN, MS, Cindy Dwyer, RN, BSN,S; Ryan Greysen, MD, MHS, MA; Jeffery Smith, MPP; Michael Gropper, MD, PhD; Patricia Dykes, RN, PhD; Martha B. Carnie; Jeffrey W. Mello; and Jane Webster.

Disclosure

Anuj K. Dalal, MD, David W. Bates, MD, MSc, and Sarah Collins, RN, PhD, are responsible for the conception or design of the work; acquisition, analysis, or interpretation of data; drafting the work or revising it critically for important intellectual content; and final approval of the version to be published. The authors agree to be accountable for all aspects of the work and to ensure that questions related to the accuracy or integrity of the work are appropriately investigated and resolved. This work was supported by a grant from the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation ([GBMF] #4993). GBMF had no role in the design or conduct of the study; the collection, analysis, or interpretation of data; or preparation or review of the manuscript. The findings and conclusions in this report are those of the authors and do not necessarily represent the official position of GBMF. The authors report no conflicts of interest.

References

1. Sarkar U, Bates DW. Care partners and online patient portals. JAMA. 2014;311(4):357-358. PubMed
2. Grando MA, Rozenblum R, Bates DW, eds. Information Technology for Patient Empowerment in Healthcare, 1st Edition. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter Inc.; 2015.
3. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(1):153-161. PubMed
4. Dalal AK, Dykes PC, Collins S, et al. A web-based, patient-centered toolkit to engage patients and caregivers in the acute care setting: A preliminary evaluation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):80-87. PubMed
5. Prey JE, Restaino S, Vawdrey DK. Providing hospital patients with access to their medical records. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2014;2014:1884-1893. PubMed
6. Herrin J, Harris KG, Kenward K, Hines S, Joshi MS, Frosch DL. Patient and family engagement: A survey of US hospital practices. BMJ Qual Saf. 2016;25(3):182-189. PubMed
7. Tom JO, Mangione-Smith R, Solomon C, Grossman DC. Integrated personal health record use: Association with parent-reported care experiences. Pediatrics. 2012;130(1):e183-e190. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare and Medicaid Programs; Electronic Health Record Incentive Program-Stage 2. Federal Register Final Rule. Sect. 170; 2012. https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2012/03/07/2012-4443/medicare-and-medicaid-programs-electronic-health-record-incentive-program-stage-2. Accessed March 1, 2017.
9. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare program; merit-based incentive payment system (MIPS) and alternative payment model (APM) incentive under the physician fee schedule, and criteria for physician-focused payment models. Final rule with comment period. Fed Regist. 2016;81(214):77008-77831PubMed
10. Prey JE, Woollen J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient engagement in the inpatient setting: A systematic review. J Am Med Informat Assoc. 2014;21(4):742-750. PubMed
11. Ludwin S, Greysen SR. Use of smartphones and mobile devices in hospitalized patients: Untapped opportunities for inpatient engagement. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(7):459-461. PubMed
12. Coleman EA. Family caregivers as partners in care transitions: The caregiver advise record and enable act. J Hosp Med. 2016;11(12):883-885. PubMed
13. Kaziunas E, Hanauer DA, Ackerman MS, Choi SW. Identifying unmet informational needs in the inpatient setting to increase patient and caregiver engagement in the context of pediatric hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):94-104. PubMed
14. Woollen J, Prey J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient experiences using an inpatient personal health record. Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):446-460. PubMed
15. Irizarry T, DeVito Dabbs A, Curran CR. Patient portals and patient engagement: A state of the science review. J Med Internet Res. 2015;17(6):e148. doi:10.2196/jmir.4255. PubMed
16. Vawdrey DK, Wilcox LG, Collins SA, et al. A tablet computer application for patients to participate in their hospital care. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2011;2011:1428-1435. PubMed
17. Collins SA, Rozenblum R, Leung WY, et al. Acute care patient portals: A qualitative study of stakeholder perspectives on current practices. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(e1):e9-e17. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: A systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. PubMed
19. Forster AJ, Murff HJ, Peterson JF, Gandhi TK, Bates DW. The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital. Ann Intern Med. 2003;138(3):161-167. PubMed
20. Griffin A, Skinner A, Thornhill J, Weinberger M. Patient Portals: Who uses them? What features do they use? And do they reduce hospital readmissions? Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):489-501. PubMed
21. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed
22. O’Leary KJ, Sharma RK, Killarney A, et al. Patients’ and Healthcare Providers’ Perceptions of a Mobile Portal Application for Hospitalized Patients. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak. 2016;16(1):123. PubMed
23. Pell JM, Mancuso M, Limon S, Oman K, Lin CT. Patient access to electronic health records during hospitalization. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(5):856-858. PubMed
24. Brown SM, Aboumatar HJ, Francis L, et al. Balancing digital information-sharing and patient privacy when engaging families in the intensive care unit. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(5):995-1000PubMed
25. Krishna S, Francisco BD, Balas EA, et al. Internet-enabled interactive multimedia asthma education program: A randomized trial. Pediatrics. 2003;111(3):503-510. PubMed
26. Fox MP. A systematic review of the literature reporting on studies that examined the impact of interactive, computer-based patient education programs. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(1):6-13. PubMed
27. Morgan ER, Laing K, McCarthy J, McCrate F, Seal MD. Using tablet-based technology in patient education about systemic therapy options for early-stage breast cancer: A pilot study. Curr Oncol. 2015;22(5):e364-e369. PubMed
28. Nehme J, El-Khani U, Chow A, Hakky S, Ahmed AR, Purkayastha S. The use of multimedia consent programs for surgical procedures: A systematic review. Surg Innov. 2013;20(1):13-23. PubMed
29. Waller A, Forshaw K, Carey M, et al. Optimizing patient preparation and surgical experience using eHealth technology. JMIR Med Inform. 2015;3(3):e29. PubMed
30. Abbott MB, Shaw P. Virtual nursing avatars: Nurse roles and evolving concepts of care. Online J Issues Nurs. 2016;21(3):7. PubMed
31. Cawthon C, Walia S, Osborn CY, Niesner KJ, Schnipper JL, Kripalani S. Improving care transitions: The patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17 Suppl 3:312-324. PubMed
32. Bickmore TW, Pfeifer LM, Byron D, et al. Usability of conversational agents by patients with inadequate health literacy: Evidence from two clinical trials. J Health Commun. 2010;15 Suppl 2:197-210. PubMed

 

 

33. 2017;376(20):1905-1907. N Engl J Med.42. Mandl KD, Kohane IS. A 21st-century health IT system—creating a real-world information economy. PubMed
34. 2014;371(19):1803-1812.N Engl J Med41. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. PubMed
35. 2016;24(1):153-161.J Am Med Inform Assoc.40. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. PubMed
36. 2017;171(4):372-381.JAMA Pediatr.39. Khan A, Coffey M, Litterer KP, et al. Families as partners in hospital error and adverse event surveillance. PubMed
37. 2017;17(4):389-402.Acad Pediatr.38. Khan A, Baird J, Rogers JE, et al. Parent and provider experience and shared understanding after a family-centered nighttime communication intervention. PubMed
38. 2016;6(6):319-329.Hosp Pediatr. 37. Khan A, Rogers JE, Forster CS, Furtak SL, Schuster MA, Landrigan CP. Communication and shared understanding between parents and resident-physicians at night.  PubMed

39. 2016;11(9):615-619.J Hosp Med36. Figueroa JF, Schnipper JL, McNally K, Stade D, Lipsitz SR, Dalal AK. How often are hospitalized patients and providers on the same page with regard to the patient’s primary recovery goal for hospitalization? PubMed
40. 2013;8(7):414-417.J Hosp Med.35. Feldman HJ, Walker J, Li J, Delbanco T. OpenNotes: Hospitalists’ challenge and opportunity. PubMed
41. 2016;11(5):381-385.J Hosp Med.34. Dalal AK, Schnipper JL. Care team identification in the electronic health record: A critical first step for patient-centered communication.PubMed
42. 2016;24(e1):e178-e184.J Am Med Inform Assoc.33. Dalal AK, Schnipper J, Massaro A, et al. A web-based and mobile patient-centered “microblog” messaging platform to improve care team communication in acute care. PubMed

 

References

1. Sarkar U, Bates DW. Care partners and online patient portals. JAMA. 2014;311(4):357-358. PubMed
2. Grando MA, Rozenblum R, Bates DW, eds. Information Technology for Patient Empowerment in Healthcare, 1st Edition. Berlin: Walter de Gruyter Inc.; 2015.
3. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(1):153-161. PubMed
4. Dalal AK, Dykes PC, Collins S, et al. A web-based, patient-centered toolkit to engage patients and caregivers in the acute care setting: A preliminary evaluation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):80-87. PubMed
5. Prey JE, Restaino S, Vawdrey DK. Providing hospital patients with access to their medical records. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2014;2014:1884-1893. PubMed
6. Herrin J, Harris KG, Kenward K, Hines S, Joshi MS, Frosch DL. Patient and family engagement: A survey of US hospital practices. BMJ Qual Saf. 2016;25(3):182-189. PubMed
7. Tom JO, Mangione-Smith R, Solomon C, Grossman DC. Integrated personal health record use: Association with parent-reported care experiences. Pediatrics. 2012;130(1):e183-e190. PubMed
8. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare and Medicaid Programs; Electronic Health Record Incentive Program-Stage 2. Federal Register Final Rule. Sect. 170; 2012. https://www.federalregister.gov/documents/2012/03/07/2012-4443/medicare-and-medicaid-programs-electronic-health-record-incentive-program-stage-2. Accessed March 1, 2017.
9. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS), HHS. Medicare program; merit-based incentive payment system (MIPS) and alternative payment model (APM) incentive under the physician fee schedule, and criteria for physician-focused payment models. Final rule with comment period. Fed Regist. 2016;81(214):77008-77831PubMed
10. Prey JE, Woollen J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient engagement in the inpatient setting: A systematic review. J Am Med Informat Assoc. 2014;21(4):742-750. PubMed
11. Ludwin S, Greysen SR. Use of smartphones and mobile devices in hospitalized patients: Untapped opportunities for inpatient engagement. J Hosp Med. 2015;10(7):459-461. PubMed
12. Coleman EA. Family caregivers as partners in care transitions: The caregiver advise record and enable act. J Hosp Med. 2016;11(12):883-885. PubMed
13. Kaziunas E, Hanauer DA, Ackerman MS, Choi SW. Identifying unmet informational needs in the inpatient setting to increase patient and caregiver engagement in the context of pediatric hematopoietic stem cell transplantation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):94-104. PubMed
14. Woollen J, Prey J, Wilcox L, et al. Patient experiences using an inpatient personal health record. Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):446-460. PubMed
15. Irizarry T, DeVito Dabbs A, Curran CR. Patient portals and patient engagement: A state of the science review. J Med Internet Res. 2015;17(6):e148. doi:10.2196/jmir.4255. PubMed
16. Vawdrey DK, Wilcox LG, Collins SA, et al. A tablet computer application for patients to participate in their hospital care. AMIA Annu Symp Proc. 2011;2011:1428-1435. PubMed
17. Collins SA, Rozenblum R, Leung WY, et al. Acute care patient portals: A qualitative study of stakeholder perspectives on current practices. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;24(e1):e9-e17. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: A systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. PubMed
19. Forster AJ, Murff HJ, Peterson JF, Gandhi TK, Bates DW. The incidence and severity of adverse events affecting patients after discharge from the hospital. Ann Intern Med. 2003;138(3):161-167. PubMed
20. Griffin A, Skinner A, Thornhill J, Weinberger M. Patient Portals: Who uses them? What features do they use? And do they reduce hospital readmissions? Appl Clin Inform. 2016;7(2):489-501. PubMed
21. O’Leary KJ, Lohman ME, Culver E, Killarney A, Randy Smith G Jr, Liebovitz DM. The effect of tablet computers with a mobile patient portal application on hospitalized patients’ knowledge and activation. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(1):159-165. PubMed
22. O’Leary KJ, Sharma RK, Killarney A, et al. Patients’ and Healthcare Providers’ Perceptions of a Mobile Portal Application for Hospitalized Patients. BMC Med Inform Decis Mak. 2016;16(1):123. PubMed
23. Pell JM, Mancuso M, Limon S, Oman K, Lin CT. Patient access to electronic health records during hospitalization. JAMA Intern Med. 2015;175(5):856-858. PubMed
24. Brown SM, Aboumatar HJ, Francis L, et al. Balancing digital information-sharing and patient privacy when engaging families in the intensive care unit. J Am Med Inform Assoc. 2016;23(5):995-1000PubMed
25. Krishna S, Francisco BD, Balas EA, et al. Internet-enabled interactive multimedia asthma education program: A randomized trial. Pediatrics. 2003;111(3):503-510. PubMed
26. Fox MP. A systematic review of the literature reporting on studies that examined the impact of interactive, computer-based patient education programs. Patient Educ Couns. 2009;77(1):6-13. PubMed
27. Morgan ER, Laing K, McCarthy J, McCrate F, Seal MD. Using tablet-based technology in patient education about systemic therapy options for early-stage breast cancer: A pilot study. Curr Oncol. 2015;22(5):e364-e369. PubMed
28. Nehme J, El-Khani U, Chow A, Hakky S, Ahmed AR, Purkayastha S. The use of multimedia consent programs for surgical procedures: A systematic review. Surg Innov. 2013;20(1):13-23. PubMed
29. Waller A, Forshaw K, Carey M, et al. Optimizing patient preparation and surgical experience using eHealth technology. JMIR Med Inform. 2015;3(3):e29. PubMed
30. Abbott MB, Shaw P. Virtual nursing avatars: Nurse roles and evolving concepts of care. Online J Issues Nurs. 2016;21(3):7. PubMed
31. Cawthon C, Walia S, Osborn CY, Niesner KJ, Schnipper JL, Kripalani S. Improving care transitions: The patient perspective. J Health Commun. 2012;17 Suppl 3:312-324. PubMed
32. Bickmore TW, Pfeifer LM, Byron D, et al. Usability of conversational agents by patients with inadequate health literacy: Evidence from two clinical trials. J Health Commun. 2010;15 Suppl 2:197-210. PubMed

 

 

33. 2017;376(20):1905-1907. N Engl J Med.42. Mandl KD, Kohane IS. A 21st-century health IT system—creating a real-world information economy. PubMed
34. 2014;371(19):1803-1812.N Engl J Med41. Starmer AJ, Spector ND, Srivastava R, et al. Changes in medical errors after implementation of a handoff program. PubMed
35. 2016;24(1):153-161.J Am Med Inform Assoc.40. Kelly MM, Hoonakker PLT, Dean SM. Using an inpatient portal to engage families in pediatric hospital care. PubMed
36. 2017;171(4):372-381.JAMA Pediatr.39. Khan A, Coffey M, Litterer KP, et al. Families as partners in hospital error and adverse event surveillance. PubMed
37. 2017;17(4):389-402.Acad Pediatr.38. Khan A, Baird J, Rogers JE, et al. Parent and provider experience and shared understanding after a family-centered nighttime communication intervention. PubMed
38. 2016;6(6):319-329.Hosp Pediatr. 37. Khan A, Rogers JE, Forster CS, Furtak SL, Schuster MA, Landrigan CP. Communication and shared understanding between parents and resident-physicians at night.  PubMed

39. 2016;11(9):615-619.J Hosp Med36. Figueroa JF, Schnipper JL, McNally K, Stade D, Lipsitz SR, Dalal AK. How often are hospitalized patients and providers on the same page with regard to the patient’s primary recovery goal for hospitalization? PubMed
40. 2013;8(7):414-417.J Hosp Med.35. Feldman HJ, Walker J, Li J, Delbanco T. OpenNotes: Hospitalists’ challenge and opportunity. PubMed
41. 2016;11(5):381-385.J Hosp Med.34. Dalal AK, Schnipper JL. Care team identification in the electronic health record: A critical first step for patient-centered communication.PubMed
42. 2016;24(e1):e178-e184.J Am Med Inform Assoc.33. Dalal AK, Schnipper J, Massaro A, et al. A web-based and mobile patient-centered “microblog” messaging platform to improve care team communication in acute care. PubMed

 

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1012-1016. Published online first August 23, 2017
Page Number
1012-1016. Published online first August 23, 2017
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Anuj K. Dalal, MD, Assistant Professor, Harvard Medical School, Division of General Internal Medicine, Brigham and Women’s Hospital, Brigham Circle, 1620 Tremont Street, Suite BC-3-002HH, Boston, MA 02120-1613; Telephone: 617-525-8891; Fax: 617-732-7072; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

Reconsidering Hospital Readmission Measures

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 12/16/2017 - 20:54

Hospital readmission rates are a consequential and contentious measure of hospital quality. Readmissions within 30 days of hospital discharge are part of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Value-Based Purchasing Program and are publicly reported. Hospital-wide readmissions and condition-specific readmissions are heavily weighted by US News & World Report in its hospital rankings and in the new CMS Five-Star Quality Rating System.1 However, clinicians and researchers question the construct validity of current readmission measures.2,3

The focus on readmissions began in 2009 when Jencks et al.4 reported that 20% of Medicare patients were readmitted within 30 days after hospital discharge. Policy makers embraced readmission reduction, assuming that a hospital readmission so soon after discharge reflected poor quality of hospital care and that, with focused efforts, hospitals could reduce readmissions and save CMS money. In 2010, the Affordable Care Act introduced an initiative to reduce readmissions and, in 2012, the Hospital Readmission Reduction Program was implemented, financially penalizing hospitals with higher-than-expected readmission rates for patients hospitalized with principal diagnoses of heart failure, myocardial infarction, and pneumonia.5 Readmission measures have since proliferated and now include pay-for-performance metrics for hospitalizations for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), coronary artery bypass grafting, and total hip or knee arthroplasty. Measures are also reported for stroke patients and for “hospital-wide readmissions,” a catch-all measure intended to capture readmission rates across most diagnoses, with various exclusions intended to prevent counting planned readmissions (eg, hospitalization for cholecystectomy following a hospitalization for cholecystitis). These measures use claims data to construct hierarchical regression models at the patient and hospital levels, assuming that variation among readmission rates are due to hospital quality effects. The goal of this approach is to level the playing field to avoid penalizing hospitals for caring for sicker patients who are at higher risk for readmission for reasons unrelated to hospital care. Yet hospital readmissions are influenced by a complex set of variables that go well beyond hospital care, some of which may be better captured by existing models than others. Below we review several potential biases in the hospital readmission measures and offer policy recommendations to improve the accuracy of these measures.

Variation in a quality measure is influenced by the quality of the underlying data, the mix of patients served, bias in the performance measure, and the degree of systemic or random error.6 Hospital readmission rates are subject to multiple sources of variation, and true differences in the quality of care are often a much smaller source of this variation. A recent analysis of patient readmissions following general surgery found that the majority were unrelated to suboptimal medical care.7 Consider 3 scenarios in which a patient with COPD is readmitted 22 days after discharge. In hospital 1, the patient was discharged without a prescription for a steroid inhaler. In hospital 2, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler, filled the prescription, and elected not to use it. In hospital 3, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler and was provided medical assistance to fill the prescription but still could not afford the $15 copay. In all 3 scenarios, the hospital would be equally culpable under the current readmission measures, suffering financial and reputational penalties.

Yet the hospitals in these scenarios are not equally culpable. Variation in the mix of patients and bias in the measure impacted performance. Hospital 1 should clearly be held accountable for the readmission. In the cases of hospitals 2 and 3, the situations are more nuanced. More education about COPD, financial investment by the hospital to cover a copay, or a different transitional care approach may have increased the likelihood of patient compliance, but, ultimately, hospitals 2 and 3 were impacted by personal health behaviors and access to public health services and financial assistance, and the readmissions were less within their control.8

To be valid, hospital readmission measures would need to ensure that all hospitals are similar in patient characteristics and in the need for an availability of public health services. Yet these factors vary among hospitals and cannot be accounted for by models that rely exclusively on patient-level variables, such as the nature and severity of illness. As a result, the existing readmission measures are biased against certain types of hospitals. Hospitals that treat a greater proportion of patients who are socioeconomically disadvantaged; who lack access to primary care, medical assistance, or public health programs; and who have substance abuse and mental health issues will have higher readmission rates. Hospitals that care for patients who fail initial treatments and require referral for complex care will also have higher readmission rates. These types of patients are not randomly distributed throughout our healthcare system. They are clustered at rural hospitals in underserved areas, certain urban health systems, safety net hospitals, and academic health centers. It is not surprising that readmission penalties have most severely impacted large academic hospitals that care for disadvantaged populations.2 These penalties may have unintended consequences, reducing a hospital’s willingness to care for disadvantaged populations.

While these biases may unfairly harm hospitals caring for disadvantaged patients, the readmission measures may also indirectly harm patients. Low hospital readmission rates are not associated with reduced mortality and, in some instances, track with higher mortality.9-11 This may result from measurement factors (patients who die cannot be readmitted), from neighborhood socioeconomic status (SES) factors that may impact readmissions more,12 or from actual patient harm (some patients need acute care following discharge and may have worse outcomes if that care is delayed).11 Doctors have long recognized this potential risk; empiric evidence now supports them. While mortality measures may also be impacted by sociodemographic variables,13 whether to adjust for SES should be defined by the purpose of the measure. If the measure is meant to evaluate hospital quality (or utilization in the case of readmissions), adjusting for SES is appropriate because it is unrealistic to expect a health system to reduce income inequality and provide safe housing. Failure to adjust for SES, which has a large impact on outcomes, may mask a quality of care issue. Conversely, if the purpose of a measure is for a community to improve population health, then it should not be adjusted for SES because the community could adjust for income inequality.

Despite the complex ethical challenges created by the efforts to reduce readmissions, there has been virtually no public dialogue with patients, physicians, and policy makers regarding how to balance the trade-offs between reducing readmission and maintaining safety. Patients would likely value increased survival more than reduced readmissions, yet the current CMS Five-Star Rating System for hospital quality weighs readmissions equally with mortality in its hospital rankings, potentially misinforming patients. For example, many well-known academic medical centers score well (4 or 5 stars) on mortality and poorly (1 or 2 stars) on readmissions, resulting in a low or average overall score, calling into question face validity and confounding consumers struggling to make decisions about where to seek care. The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission’s Report to the Congress14 highlights the multiple significant systematic and random errors with the hospital readmission data.

 

 

Revisiting the Hospital Readmission Measures

Given significant bias in the hospital readmission measures and the ethical challenges imposed by reducing readmissions, potentially at the expense of survival, we believe CMS needs to take action to remedy the problem. First, CMS should drop hospital readmissions as a quality measure from its hospital rankings. Other hospital-rating groups and insurers should do the same. When included in payment schemes, readmissions should not be construed as a quality measure but as a utilization measure, like length of stay.

Second, the Department of Health & Human Services (HHS) should invest in maturing the hospital readmission measures to ensure construct, content, and criterion validity and reliability. No doubt the risk adjustment is complex and may be inherently limited using Medicare claims data. In the case of SES adjustment, for example, limited numbers of SES measures can be constructed from current data sources.8,13 There are other approaches to address this recommendation. For example, HHS could define a preventable readmission as one linked to some process or outcome of hospital care, such as whether the patient was discharged on an inhaler. The National Quality Forum used this approach to define a preventable venous thromboembolic event as one occurring when a patient did not receive appropriate prophylaxis. In this way, only hospital 1 in the 3 scenarios for the patient with COPD would be penalized. However, we recognize that it is not always simple to define specific process measures (eg, prescribing an inhaler) that link to readmission outcomes and that there may be other important yet hard-to-measure interventions (eg, patient and family education) that are important components of patient-centered care and readmission prevention. This is why readmissions are so challenging as a quality measure. If experts cannot define clinician behaviors that have a strong theory of change or are causally related to reduced readmissions, it is hard to call readmissions a modifiable quality measure. Another potential strategy to level the playing field would be to compare readmission rates across peer institutions only. For instance, tertiary-care safety net hospitals would be compared to one another and rural community hospitals would be compared to one another.14 Lastly, new data sources could be added to account for the social, community-level, public health, and personal health factors that heavily influence a patient’s risk for readmission, in addition to hospital-level factors. Appropriate methods will be needed to develop statistical models for risk adjustment; however, this is a complex topic and beyond the scope of the current paper.

Third, HHS could continue to use the current readmission measures as population health measures while supporting multistakeholder teams to better understand how people and their communities, public health agencies, insurers, and healthcare providers can collaborate to help patients thrive and avoid readmissions by addressing true defects in care and care coordination.

While it is understandable why policy makers chose to focus on hospital readmissions, and while we recognize that concerns about the measures were unknown when they were created, emerging evidence demonstrates that the current readmission measures (particularly when used as a quality metric) lack construct validity, contain significant bias and systematic errors, and create ethical tension by rewarding hospitals both financially and reputationally for turning away sick and socially disadvantaged patients who may, consequently, have adverse outcomes. Current readmission measures need to be reconsidered.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Christine G. Holzmueller, BLA, with the Armstrong Institute for Patient Safety and Quality, Johns Hopkins Medicine, for her assistance in editing the manuscript and preparing it for journal submission.

Disclosure

Dr. Pronovost errs on the side of full disclosure and reports receiving grant or contract support from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation (research related to patient safety and quality of care), the National Institutes of Health (acute lung injury research), and the American Medical Association Inc. (improve blood pressure control); honoraria from various healthcare organizations for speaking on patient safety and quality (the Leigh Bureau manages engagements); book royalties from the Penguin Group for his book Safe Patients, Smart Hospitals; and was receiving stock and fees to serve as a director for Cantel Medical up until 24 months ago. Dr. Pronovost is a founder of Patient Doctor Technologies, a startup company that seeks to enhance the partnership between patients and clinicians with an application called Doctella. Dr. Brotman, Dr. Hoyer, and Ms. Deutschendorf report no relevant conflicts of interest.

References

1. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Five-star quality rating system. https://www.cms.gov/medicare/provider-enrollment-and-certification/certificationandcomplianc/fsqrs.html. Accessed October 11, 2016.

2. Joynt KE, Jha AK. Characteristics of hospitals receiving penalties under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. JAMA. 2013;309(4):342-343. PubMed
3. Boozary AS, Manchin J, 3rd, Wicker RF. The Medicare Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: time for reform. JAMA. 2015;314(4):347-348. PubMed
4. Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. PubMed
5. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP). https://www.cms.gov/medicare/medicare-fee-for-service-payment/acuteinpatientpps/readmissions-reduction-program.html. Accessed April 12, 2017.
6. Parker C, Schwamm LH, Fonarow GC, Smith EE, Reeves MJ. Stroke quality metrics: systematic reviews of the relationships to patient-centered outcomes and impact of public reporting. Stroke. 2012;43(1):155-162. PubMed
7. McIntyre LK, Arbabi S, Robinson EF, Maier RV. Analysis of risk factors for patient readmission 30 days following discharge from general surgery. JAMA Surg. 2016;151(9):855-861. PubMed
8. Sheingold SH, Zuckerman R, Shartzer A. Understanding Medicare hospital readmission rates and differing penalties between safety-net and other hospitals. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(1):124-131. PubMed
9. Brotman DJ, Hoyer EH, Leung C, Lepley D, Deutschendorf A. Associations between hospital-wide readmission rates and mortality measures at the hospital level: are hospital-wide readmissions a measure of quality? J Hosp Med. 2016;11(9):650-651. PubMed
10. Krumholz HM, Lin Z, Keenan PS, et al. Relationship between hospital readmission and mortality rates for patients hospitalized with acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, or pneumonia. JAMA. 2013;309(6):587-593. PubMed
11. Fan VS, Gaziano JM, Lew R, et al. A comprehensive care management program to prevent chronic obstructive pulmonary disease hospitalizations: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2012;156(10):673-683. PubMed
12. Bikdeli B, Wayda B, Bao H, et al. Place of residence and outcomes of patients with heart failure: analysis from the Telemonitoring to Improve Heart Failure Outcomes Trial. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7(5):749-756. PubMed
13. Bernheim SM, Parzynski CS, Horwitz L, et al. Accounting for patients’ socioeconomic status does not change hospital readmission rates. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(8):1461-1470. PubMed
14. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Refining the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. In: Report to the Congress: Medicare and the Health Care Delivery System, Chapter 4. June 2013. PubMed

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1009-1011. Published online first August 23, 2017
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Hospital readmission rates are a consequential and contentious measure of hospital quality. Readmissions within 30 days of hospital discharge are part of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Value-Based Purchasing Program and are publicly reported. Hospital-wide readmissions and condition-specific readmissions are heavily weighted by US News & World Report in its hospital rankings and in the new CMS Five-Star Quality Rating System.1 However, clinicians and researchers question the construct validity of current readmission measures.2,3

The focus on readmissions began in 2009 when Jencks et al.4 reported that 20% of Medicare patients were readmitted within 30 days after hospital discharge. Policy makers embraced readmission reduction, assuming that a hospital readmission so soon after discharge reflected poor quality of hospital care and that, with focused efforts, hospitals could reduce readmissions and save CMS money. In 2010, the Affordable Care Act introduced an initiative to reduce readmissions and, in 2012, the Hospital Readmission Reduction Program was implemented, financially penalizing hospitals with higher-than-expected readmission rates for patients hospitalized with principal diagnoses of heart failure, myocardial infarction, and pneumonia.5 Readmission measures have since proliferated and now include pay-for-performance metrics for hospitalizations for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), coronary artery bypass grafting, and total hip or knee arthroplasty. Measures are also reported for stroke patients and for “hospital-wide readmissions,” a catch-all measure intended to capture readmission rates across most diagnoses, with various exclusions intended to prevent counting planned readmissions (eg, hospitalization for cholecystectomy following a hospitalization for cholecystitis). These measures use claims data to construct hierarchical regression models at the patient and hospital levels, assuming that variation among readmission rates are due to hospital quality effects. The goal of this approach is to level the playing field to avoid penalizing hospitals for caring for sicker patients who are at higher risk for readmission for reasons unrelated to hospital care. Yet hospital readmissions are influenced by a complex set of variables that go well beyond hospital care, some of which may be better captured by existing models than others. Below we review several potential biases in the hospital readmission measures and offer policy recommendations to improve the accuracy of these measures.

Variation in a quality measure is influenced by the quality of the underlying data, the mix of patients served, bias in the performance measure, and the degree of systemic or random error.6 Hospital readmission rates are subject to multiple sources of variation, and true differences in the quality of care are often a much smaller source of this variation. A recent analysis of patient readmissions following general surgery found that the majority were unrelated to suboptimal medical care.7 Consider 3 scenarios in which a patient with COPD is readmitted 22 days after discharge. In hospital 1, the patient was discharged without a prescription for a steroid inhaler. In hospital 2, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler, filled the prescription, and elected not to use it. In hospital 3, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler and was provided medical assistance to fill the prescription but still could not afford the $15 copay. In all 3 scenarios, the hospital would be equally culpable under the current readmission measures, suffering financial and reputational penalties.

Yet the hospitals in these scenarios are not equally culpable. Variation in the mix of patients and bias in the measure impacted performance. Hospital 1 should clearly be held accountable for the readmission. In the cases of hospitals 2 and 3, the situations are more nuanced. More education about COPD, financial investment by the hospital to cover a copay, or a different transitional care approach may have increased the likelihood of patient compliance, but, ultimately, hospitals 2 and 3 were impacted by personal health behaviors and access to public health services and financial assistance, and the readmissions were less within their control.8

To be valid, hospital readmission measures would need to ensure that all hospitals are similar in patient characteristics and in the need for an availability of public health services. Yet these factors vary among hospitals and cannot be accounted for by models that rely exclusively on patient-level variables, such as the nature and severity of illness. As a result, the existing readmission measures are biased against certain types of hospitals. Hospitals that treat a greater proportion of patients who are socioeconomically disadvantaged; who lack access to primary care, medical assistance, or public health programs; and who have substance abuse and mental health issues will have higher readmission rates. Hospitals that care for patients who fail initial treatments and require referral for complex care will also have higher readmission rates. These types of patients are not randomly distributed throughout our healthcare system. They are clustered at rural hospitals in underserved areas, certain urban health systems, safety net hospitals, and academic health centers. It is not surprising that readmission penalties have most severely impacted large academic hospitals that care for disadvantaged populations.2 These penalties may have unintended consequences, reducing a hospital’s willingness to care for disadvantaged populations.

While these biases may unfairly harm hospitals caring for disadvantaged patients, the readmission measures may also indirectly harm patients. Low hospital readmission rates are not associated with reduced mortality and, in some instances, track with higher mortality.9-11 This may result from measurement factors (patients who die cannot be readmitted), from neighborhood socioeconomic status (SES) factors that may impact readmissions more,12 or from actual patient harm (some patients need acute care following discharge and may have worse outcomes if that care is delayed).11 Doctors have long recognized this potential risk; empiric evidence now supports them. While mortality measures may also be impacted by sociodemographic variables,13 whether to adjust for SES should be defined by the purpose of the measure. If the measure is meant to evaluate hospital quality (or utilization in the case of readmissions), adjusting for SES is appropriate because it is unrealistic to expect a health system to reduce income inequality and provide safe housing. Failure to adjust for SES, which has a large impact on outcomes, may mask a quality of care issue. Conversely, if the purpose of a measure is for a community to improve population health, then it should not be adjusted for SES because the community could adjust for income inequality.

Despite the complex ethical challenges created by the efforts to reduce readmissions, there has been virtually no public dialogue with patients, physicians, and policy makers regarding how to balance the trade-offs between reducing readmission and maintaining safety. Patients would likely value increased survival more than reduced readmissions, yet the current CMS Five-Star Rating System for hospital quality weighs readmissions equally with mortality in its hospital rankings, potentially misinforming patients. For example, many well-known academic medical centers score well (4 or 5 stars) on mortality and poorly (1 or 2 stars) on readmissions, resulting in a low or average overall score, calling into question face validity and confounding consumers struggling to make decisions about where to seek care. The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission’s Report to the Congress14 highlights the multiple significant systematic and random errors with the hospital readmission data.

 

 

Revisiting the Hospital Readmission Measures

Given significant bias in the hospital readmission measures and the ethical challenges imposed by reducing readmissions, potentially at the expense of survival, we believe CMS needs to take action to remedy the problem. First, CMS should drop hospital readmissions as a quality measure from its hospital rankings. Other hospital-rating groups and insurers should do the same. When included in payment schemes, readmissions should not be construed as a quality measure but as a utilization measure, like length of stay.

Second, the Department of Health & Human Services (HHS) should invest in maturing the hospital readmission measures to ensure construct, content, and criterion validity and reliability. No doubt the risk adjustment is complex and may be inherently limited using Medicare claims data. In the case of SES adjustment, for example, limited numbers of SES measures can be constructed from current data sources.8,13 There are other approaches to address this recommendation. For example, HHS could define a preventable readmission as one linked to some process or outcome of hospital care, such as whether the patient was discharged on an inhaler. The National Quality Forum used this approach to define a preventable venous thromboembolic event as one occurring when a patient did not receive appropriate prophylaxis. In this way, only hospital 1 in the 3 scenarios for the patient with COPD would be penalized. However, we recognize that it is not always simple to define specific process measures (eg, prescribing an inhaler) that link to readmission outcomes and that there may be other important yet hard-to-measure interventions (eg, patient and family education) that are important components of patient-centered care and readmission prevention. This is why readmissions are so challenging as a quality measure. If experts cannot define clinician behaviors that have a strong theory of change or are causally related to reduced readmissions, it is hard to call readmissions a modifiable quality measure. Another potential strategy to level the playing field would be to compare readmission rates across peer institutions only. For instance, tertiary-care safety net hospitals would be compared to one another and rural community hospitals would be compared to one another.14 Lastly, new data sources could be added to account for the social, community-level, public health, and personal health factors that heavily influence a patient’s risk for readmission, in addition to hospital-level factors. Appropriate methods will be needed to develop statistical models for risk adjustment; however, this is a complex topic and beyond the scope of the current paper.

Third, HHS could continue to use the current readmission measures as population health measures while supporting multistakeholder teams to better understand how people and their communities, public health agencies, insurers, and healthcare providers can collaborate to help patients thrive and avoid readmissions by addressing true defects in care and care coordination.

While it is understandable why policy makers chose to focus on hospital readmissions, and while we recognize that concerns about the measures were unknown when they were created, emerging evidence demonstrates that the current readmission measures (particularly when used as a quality metric) lack construct validity, contain significant bias and systematic errors, and create ethical tension by rewarding hospitals both financially and reputationally for turning away sick and socially disadvantaged patients who may, consequently, have adverse outcomes. Current readmission measures need to be reconsidered.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Christine G. Holzmueller, BLA, with the Armstrong Institute for Patient Safety and Quality, Johns Hopkins Medicine, for her assistance in editing the manuscript and preparing it for journal submission.

Disclosure

Dr. Pronovost errs on the side of full disclosure and reports receiving grant or contract support from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation (research related to patient safety and quality of care), the National Institutes of Health (acute lung injury research), and the American Medical Association Inc. (improve blood pressure control); honoraria from various healthcare organizations for speaking on patient safety and quality (the Leigh Bureau manages engagements); book royalties from the Penguin Group for his book Safe Patients, Smart Hospitals; and was receiving stock and fees to serve as a director for Cantel Medical up until 24 months ago. Dr. Pronovost is a founder of Patient Doctor Technologies, a startup company that seeks to enhance the partnership between patients and clinicians with an application called Doctella. Dr. Brotman, Dr. Hoyer, and Ms. Deutschendorf report no relevant conflicts of interest.

Hospital readmission rates are a consequential and contentious measure of hospital quality. Readmissions within 30 days of hospital discharge are part of the Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services (CMS) Value-Based Purchasing Program and are publicly reported. Hospital-wide readmissions and condition-specific readmissions are heavily weighted by US News & World Report in its hospital rankings and in the new CMS Five-Star Quality Rating System.1 However, clinicians and researchers question the construct validity of current readmission measures.2,3

The focus on readmissions began in 2009 when Jencks et al.4 reported that 20% of Medicare patients were readmitted within 30 days after hospital discharge. Policy makers embraced readmission reduction, assuming that a hospital readmission so soon after discharge reflected poor quality of hospital care and that, with focused efforts, hospitals could reduce readmissions and save CMS money. In 2010, the Affordable Care Act introduced an initiative to reduce readmissions and, in 2012, the Hospital Readmission Reduction Program was implemented, financially penalizing hospitals with higher-than-expected readmission rates for patients hospitalized with principal diagnoses of heart failure, myocardial infarction, and pneumonia.5 Readmission measures have since proliferated and now include pay-for-performance metrics for hospitalizations for chronic obstructive pulmonary disease (COPD), coronary artery bypass grafting, and total hip or knee arthroplasty. Measures are also reported for stroke patients and for “hospital-wide readmissions,” a catch-all measure intended to capture readmission rates across most diagnoses, with various exclusions intended to prevent counting planned readmissions (eg, hospitalization for cholecystectomy following a hospitalization for cholecystitis). These measures use claims data to construct hierarchical regression models at the patient and hospital levels, assuming that variation among readmission rates are due to hospital quality effects. The goal of this approach is to level the playing field to avoid penalizing hospitals for caring for sicker patients who are at higher risk for readmission for reasons unrelated to hospital care. Yet hospital readmissions are influenced by a complex set of variables that go well beyond hospital care, some of which may be better captured by existing models than others. Below we review several potential biases in the hospital readmission measures and offer policy recommendations to improve the accuracy of these measures.

Variation in a quality measure is influenced by the quality of the underlying data, the mix of patients served, bias in the performance measure, and the degree of systemic or random error.6 Hospital readmission rates are subject to multiple sources of variation, and true differences in the quality of care are often a much smaller source of this variation. A recent analysis of patient readmissions following general surgery found that the majority were unrelated to suboptimal medical care.7 Consider 3 scenarios in which a patient with COPD is readmitted 22 days after discharge. In hospital 1, the patient was discharged without a prescription for a steroid inhaler. In hospital 2, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler, filled the prescription, and elected not to use it. In hospital 3, the patient was discharged on a steroid inhaler and was provided medical assistance to fill the prescription but still could not afford the $15 copay. In all 3 scenarios, the hospital would be equally culpable under the current readmission measures, suffering financial and reputational penalties.

Yet the hospitals in these scenarios are not equally culpable. Variation in the mix of patients and bias in the measure impacted performance. Hospital 1 should clearly be held accountable for the readmission. In the cases of hospitals 2 and 3, the situations are more nuanced. More education about COPD, financial investment by the hospital to cover a copay, or a different transitional care approach may have increased the likelihood of patient compliance, but, ultimately, hospitals 2 and 3 were impacted by personal health behaviors and access to public health services and financial assistance, and the readmissions were less within their control.8

To be valid, hospital readmission measures would need to ensure that all hospitals are similar in patient characteristics and in the need for an availability of public health services. Yet these factors vary among hospitals and cannot be accounted for by models that rely exclusively on patient-level variables, such as the nature and severity of illness. As a result, the existing readmission measures are biased against certain types of hospitals. Hospitals that treat a greater proportion of patients who are socioeconomically disadvantaged; who lack access to primary care, medical assistance, or public health programs; and who have substance abuse and mental health issues will have higher readmission rates. Hospitals that care for patients who fail initial treatments and require referral for complex care will also have higher readmission rates. These types of patients are not randomly distributed throughout our healthcare system. They are clustered at rural hospitals in underserved areas, certain urban health systems, safety net hospitals, and academic health centers. It is not surprising that readmission penalties have most severely impacted large academic hospitals that care for disadvantaged populations.2 These penalties may have unintended consequences, reducing a hospital’s willingness to care for disadvantaged populations.

While these biases may unfairly harm hospitals caring for disadvantaged patients, the readmission measures may also indirectly harm patients. Low hospital readmission rates are not associated with reduced mortality and, in some instances, track with higher mortality.9-11 This may result from measurement factors (patients who die cannot be readmitted), from neighborhood socioeconomic status (SES) factors that may impact readmissions more,12 or from actual patient harm (some patients need acute care following discharge and may have worse outcomes if that care is delayed).11 Doctors have long recognized this potential risk; empiric evidence now supports them. While mortality measures may also be impacted by sociodemographic variables,13 whether to adjust for SES should be defined by the purpose of the measure. If the measure is meant to evaluate hospital quality (or utilization in the case of readmissions), adjusting for SES is appropriate because it is unrealistic to expect a health system to reduce income inequality and provide safe housing. Failure to adjust for SES, which has a large impact on outcomes, may mask a quality of care issue. Conversely, if the purpose of a measure is for a community to improve population health, then it should not be adjusted for SES because the community could adjust for income inequality.

Despite the complex ethical challenges created by the efforts to reduce readmissions, there has been virtually no public dialogue with patients, physicians, and policy makers regarding how to balance the trade-offs between reducing readmission and maintaining safety. Patients would likely value increased survival more than reduced readmissions, yet the current CMS Five-Star Rating System for hospital quality weighs readmissions equally with mortality in its hospital rankings, potentially misinforming patients. For example, many well-known academic medical centers score well (4 or 5 stars) on mortality and poorly (1 or 2 stars) on readmissions, resulting in a low or average overall score, calling into question face validity and confounding consumers struggling to make decisions about where to seek care. The Medicare Payment Advisory Commission’s Report to the Congress14 highlights the multiple significant systematic and random errors with the hospital readmission data.

 

 

Revisiting the Hospital Readmission Measures

Given significant bias in the hospital readmission measures and the ethical challenges imposed by reducing readmissions, potentially at the expense of survival, we believe CMS needs to take action to remedy the problem. First, CMS should drop hospital readmissions as a quality measure from its hospital rankings. Other hospital-rating groups and insurers should do the same. When included in payment schemes, readmissions should not be construed as a quality measure but as a utilization measure, like length of stay.

Second, the Department of Health & Human Services (HHS) should invest in maturing the hospital readmission measures to ensure construct, content, and criterion validity and reliability. No doubt the risk adjustment is complex and may be inherently limited using Medicare claims data. In the case of SES adjustment, for example, limited numbers of SES measures can be constructed from current data sources.8,13 There are other approaches to address this recommendation. For example, HHS could define a preventable readmission as one linked to some process or outcome of hospital care, such as whether the patient was discharged on an inhaler. The National Quality Forum used this approach to define a preventable venous thromboembolic event as one occurring when a patient did not receive appropriate prophylaxis. In this way, only hospital 1 in the 3 scenarios for the patient with COPD would be penalized. However, we recognize that it is not always simple to define specific process measures (eg, prescribing an inhaler) that link to readmission outcomes and that there may be other important yet hard-to-measure interventions (eg, patient and family education) that are important components of patient-centered care and readmission prevention. This is why readmissions are so challenging as a quality measure. If experts cannot define clinician behaviors that have a strong theory of change or are causally related to reduced readmissions, it is hard to call readmissions a modifiable quality measure. Another potential strategy to level the playing field would be to compare readmission rates across peer institutions only. For instance, tertiary-care safety net hospitals would be compared to one another and rural community hospitals would be compared to one another.14 Lastly, new data sources could be added to account for the social, community-level, public health, and personal health factors that heavily influence a patient’s risk for readmission, in addition to hospital-level factors. Appropriate methods will be needed to develop statistical models for risk adjustment; however, this is a complex topic and beyond the scope of the current paper.

Third, HHS could continue to use the current readmission measures as population health measures while supporting multistakeholder teams to better understand how people and their communities, public health agencies, insurers, and healthcare providers can collaborate to help patients thrive and avoid readmissions by addressing true defects in care and care coordination.

While it is understandable why policy makers chose to focus on hospital readmissions, and while we recognize that concerns about the measures were unknown when they were created, emerging evidence demonstrates that the current readmission measures (particularly when used as a quality metric) lack construct validity, contain significant bias and systematic errors, and create ethical tension by rewarding hospitals both financially and reputationally for turning away sick and socially disadvantaged patients who may, consequently, have adverse outcomes. Current readmission measures need to be reconsidered.

Acknowledgments

The authors thank Christine G. Holzmueller, BLA, with the Armstrong Institute for Patient Safety and Quality, Johns Hopkins Medicine, for her assistance in editing the manuscript and preparing it for journal submission.

Disclosure

Dr. Pronovost errs on the side of full disclosure and reports receiving grant or contract support from the Agency for Healthcare Research and Quality, the Gordon and Betty Moore Foundation (research related to patient safety and quality of care), the National Institutes of Health (acute lung injury research), and the American Medical Association Inc. (improve blood pressure control); honoraria from various healthcare organizations for speaking on patient safety and quality (the Leigh Bureau manages engagements); book royalties from the Penguin Group for his book Safe Patients, Smart Hospitals; and was receiving stock and fees to serve as a director for Cantel Medical up until 24 months ago. Dr. Pronovost is a founder of Patient Doctor Technologies, a startup company that seeks to enhance the partnership between patients and clinicians with an application called Doctella. Dr. Brotman, Dr. Hoyer, and Ms. Deutschendorf report no relevant conflicts of interest.

References

1. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Five-star quality rating system. https://www.cms.gov/medicare/provider-enrollment-and-certification/certificationandcomplianc/fsqrs.html. Accessed October 11, 2016.

2. Joynt KE, Jha AK. Characteristics of hospitals receiving penalties under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. JAMA. 2013;309(4):342-343. PubMed
3. Boozary AS, Manchin J, 3rd, Wicker RF. The Medicare Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: time for reform. JAMA. 2015;314(4):347-348. PubMed
4. Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. PubMed
5. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP). https://www.cms.gov/medicare/medicare-fee-for-service-payment/acuteinpatientpps/readmissions-reduction-program.html. Accessed April 12, 2017.
6. Parker C, Schwamm LH, Fonarow GC, Smith EE, Reeves MJ. Stroke quality metrics: systematic reviews of the relationships to patient-centered outcomes and impact of public reporting. Stroke. 2012;43(1):155-162. PubMed
7. McIntyre LK, Arbabi S, Robinson EF, Maier RV. Analysis of risk factors for patient readmission 30 days following discharge from general surgery. JAMA Surg. 2016;151(9):855-861. PubMed
8. Sheingold SH, Zuckerman R, Shartzer A. Understanding Medicare hospital readmission rates and differing penalties between safety-net and other hospitals. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(1):124-131. PubMed
9. Brotman DJ, Hoyer EH, Leung C, Lepley D, Deutschendorf A. Associations between hospital-wide readmission rates and mortality measures at the hospital level: are hospital-wide readmissions a measure of quality? J Hosp Med. 2016;11(9):650-651. PubMed
10. Krumholz HM, Lin Z, Keenan PS, et al. Relationship between hospital readmission and mortality rates for patients hospitalized with acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, or pneumonia. JAMA. 2013;309(6):587-593. PubMed
11. Fan VS, Gaziano JM, Lew R, et al. A comprehensive care management program to prevent chronic obstructive pulmonary disease hospitalizations: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2012;156(10):673-683. PubMed
12. Bikdeli B, Wayda B, Bao H, et al. Place of residence and outcomes of patients with heart failure: analysis from the Telemonitoring to Improve Heart Failure Outcomes Trial. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7(5):749-756. PubMed
13. Bernheim SM, Parzynski CS, Horwitz L, et al. Accounting for patients’ socioeconomic status does not change hospital readmission rates. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(8):1461-1470. PubMed
14. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Refining the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. In: Report to the Congress: Medicare and the Health Care Delivery System, Chapter 4. June 2013. PubMed

References

1. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Five-star quality rating system. https://www.cms.gov/medicare/provider-enrollment-and-certification/certificationandcomplianc/fsqrs.html. Accessed October 11, 2016.

2. Joynt KE, Jha AK. Characteristics of hospitals receiving penalties under the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. JAMA. 2013;309(4):342-343. PubMed
3. Boozary AS, Manchin J, 3rd, Wicker RF. The Medicare Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program: time for reform. JAMA. 2015;314(4):347-348. PubMed
4. Jencks SF, Williams MV, Coleman EA. Rehospitalizations among patients in the Medicare fee-for-service program. N Engl J Med. 2009;360(14):1418-1428. PubMed
5. Centers for Medicare & Medicaid Services. Readmissions Reduction Program (HRRP). https://www.cms.gov/medicare/medicare-fee-for-service-payment/acuteinpatientpps/readmissions-reduction-program.html. Accessed April 12, 2017.
6. Parker C, Schwamm LH, Fonarow GC, Smith EE, Reeves MJ. Stroke quality metrics: systematic reviews of the relationships to patient-centered outcomes and impact of public reporting. Stroke. 2012;43(1):155-162. PubMed
7. McIntyre LK, Arbabi S, Robinson EF, Maier RV. Analysis of risk factors for patient readmission 30 days following discharge from general surgery. JAMA Surg. 2016;151(9):855-861. PubMed
8. Sheingold SH, Zuckerman R, Shartzer A. Understanding Medicare hospital readmission rates and differing penalties between safety-net and other hospitals. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(1):124-131. PubMed
9. Brotman DJ, Hoyer EH, Leung C, Lepley D, Deutschendorf A. Associations between hospital-wide readmission rates and mortality measures at the hospital level: are hospital-wide readmissions a measure of quality? J Hosp Med. 2016;11(9):650-651. PubMed
10. Krumholz HM, Lin Z, Keenan PS, et al. Relationship between hospital readmission and mortality rates for patients hospitalized with acute myocardial infarction, heart failure, or pneumonia. JAMA. 2013;309(6):587-593. PubMed
11. Fan VS, Gaziano JM, Lew R, et al. A comprehensive care management program to prevent chronic obstructive pulmonary disease hospitalizations: a randomized, controlled trial. Ann Intern Med. 2012;156(10):673-683. PubMed
12. Bikdeli B, Wayda B, Bao H, et al. Place of residence and outcomes of patients with heart failure: analysis from the Telemonitoring to Improve Heart Failure Outcomes Trial. Circ Cardiovasc Qual Outcomes. 2014;7(5):749-756. PubMed
13. Bernheim SM, Parzynski CS, Horwitz L, et al. Accounting for patients’ socioeconomic status does not change hospital readmission rates. Health Aff (Millwood). 2016;35(8):1461-1470. PubMed
14. Medicare Payment Advisory Commission. Refining the Hospital Readmissions Reduction Program. In: Report to the Congress: Medicare and the Health Care Delivery System, Chapter 4. June 2013. PubMed

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1009-1011. Published online first August 23, 2017
Page Number
1009-1011. Published online first August 23, 2017
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Peter J. Pronovost, MD, PhD, 600 N. Wolfe Street, CMSC 131, Baltimore, MD 21287; Telephone: 410-502-6127; Fax: 410-637-4380; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media

The SDM 3 Circle Model: A Literature Synthesis and Adaptation for Shared Decision Making in the Hospital

Article Type
Changed
Fri, 12/14/2018 - 07:42

Evolving models of medical care emphasize the importance of shared decision-making (SDM) on practical and ethical grounds.1-3 SDM is a cognitive, emotional, and relational process in which provider and patient collaborate in a decision after discussing the options, evidence, and potential benefits and harms, while considering the patient’s values, preferences, and circumstances.4 Categories of decisions include information gathering, pharmacotherapy, therapeutic procedures, consultations and referrals, counseling and precautions (eg, behavior modification, goals of care, end-of-life care), and care transitions (eg, transfer or discharge to home).5 Decisions span the continuum of urgency and may be anticipatory or reactive.6 The patient’s environment7,8 and the provider-patient relationship9 have been explicitly incorporated into the ideal SDM process.

SDM has been conceptually and empirically linked with evidence-based practice,1 although the relationship between SDM and clinical outcomes is less clear.10,11 SDM is desired by patients12 and may bolster patient satisfaction, trust, and adherence.13,14 Limited evidence suggests SDM could reduce inappropriate treatments and testing,15 decrease adverse events,16 and promote greater patient safety,17-19 but more well-designed studies are needed.

Provider, patient, and contextual factors influence the extent to which SDM occurs. Providers commonly cite time constraints and perceived lack of applicability to certain clinical scenarios or settings.19 Providers may also lack training and competency in SDM skills.2 Patients may be reluctant to disagree with their provider or fear being mislabeled as “difficult.”20 When faced with high stakes or emotionally charged decisions, patients’ surrogates may prefer to have the provider serve as the sole decision-maker.21 Contextually, there may be limited evidence, high clinical stake, or a number of equally beneficial (or harmful) options.22,23

Current SDM models guide clinicians in determining when and how to engage in SDM, yet models vary widely. For example, Elwyn’s model emphasizes the ethical imperative for SDM and outlines 3 SDM steps: introduce choice, describe options, and help patients explore preferences and make decisions.3 Using a multimodal review and clinician-driven feedback, Legaré’s “IP-SDM” (Interprofessional Shared Decision Making) model illustrates the roles of the interprofessional team and emphasizes the influence of environmental factors on decision-making.24 Recent systematic reviews of SDM models have attempted to identify common elements, language, and processes.2,25,26

Although published SDM models demonstrate varying emphases–eg, evidence-based medicine,2 provider-patient relationships,9 interprofessional practices and environmental influences,24 or patient contextual factors 7,8–none specifically address hospitalization and the issues that impact decisions as a patients’ clinical condition and care needs change. Studies of SDM in hospitalized patients have relied on either general theoretical frameworks for patient engagement or conceptual models developed specifically for outpatient care.16,27,28 Although the key tenets of SDM are relevant across clinical settings, hospitalization introduces a number of unique and highly relevant factors that may influence all aspects of the SDM process. Table 1 provides several examples from the authors of how inpatient and outpatient SDM may differ.

This study reviews leading SDM models to construct a more environmentally and contextually sensitive model that is appropriate for the hospital setting. Although developed with hospital medicine in mind, a synthesized model that attends to environmental and systems context, provider/team factors, patient factors, and disease/medical variables is highly relevant in any setting where SDM occurs.

METHODS

We constructed a model that is appropriate for SDM across the care continuum through the following 3-part, iterative group process: (1) a comprehensive literature review of existing SDM models, (2) synthesis and inductive development of a new draft model, and (3) modification of the new model using feedback from SDM experts.

Narrative Literature Review

We performed a structured, comprehensive literature review 29 to compare and contrast existing SDM models and frameworks. Leading models and key concepts were first identified using 2 systematic reviews 25,26 and a comprehensive review.2 In order to extend the search to 2016 and include any overlooked articles, a PubMed search was performed using the terms “shared decision-making” or “medical decision-making” AND “model” or “theory” or “framework” for English-language articles from inception to 2016. The search was repeated using Google Scholar to verify results and obtain the number of citations per article as a proxy for impact and saturation. In order to minimize possible search error or selection bias, reference lists in high-impact publications were hand searched to identify additional articles. All abstracts were manually reviewed by 2 independent authors for relevance and later inclusion in our group iterative process. A priori inclusion criteria were limited to provider-patient SDM (ie, not clinical reasoning or making decisions in general) and complete descriptions of a conceptual model or framework. Additional publications suggested by experts (eg, perspective pieces or terminology summaries) were also reviewed.

 

 

Model Development and Expert Review

An electronic SDM reference library and annotated bibliography of the selected articles (Table 2) was created to guide the synthesis of SDM models and highlight needed revisions for hospital medicine. In a process similar to Legaré,24 a group of 8 pediatric and adult medicine hospitalists, a palliative care physician, a cognitive psychologist, a biostatistician, and 3 medical trainees reviewed the selected SDM publications and models30 and independently created their own adapted inpatient SDM models. Through an iterative, consensus-building group process, each model was discussed to select key elements or features to be integrated into a synthesized model. This model was guided by principles of social ecological theory, which emphasizes the role of the individual as influenced by and interactive with systems and the environment.31

The draft model and a standardized set of questions (supplementary Appendix A) were then emailed to all first and last authors of the reviewed studies (Table 2). Expert responses were compiled, coded, and analyzed independently by 3 coauthors. Inductive coding techniques and a constant comparative approach were used to code the qualitative data.32 Preliminary findings were shared among the 3 reviewers and discussed until consensus was reached on emerging themes and implications for the new SDM model and multistep SDM pathway. A master list of suggested revisions was shared with the larger authorship team and the model was refined accordingly.

RESULTS

Two previously published systematic reviews25,26 identified 494 articles, 161 conceptual definitions of SDM, and over 30 separate key concepts. The additional PubMed search garnered 1957 publications (with many overlapping from the systematic reviews). A manual search of the systematic reviews and PubMed abstracts identified 16 unique and complete decision-making models for further review. Hand searches of their citations yielded an additional 6 models for a total of 22 models.3,4,13,23,33-51 The majority of excluded articles described specific decision aids and small clinical studies, focused on only one step of the decision-making process, or were not otherwise relevant. The first (SR) and senior authors (JS) reviewed the 22 models for SDM relevance, generalizability, and content saturation, yielding a final sample of 9 SDM models. A subsequent Google Scholar search did not identify any new SDM models but 2 SDM theory papers1,52 and 2 commentaries53,54 were selected based on influence (ie, number of citations), expert recommendation, or coverage of a novel aspect of SDM. A total of 15 studies (9 SDM models + 6 reviews; Table 2) were used by our development team to create a synthesized SDM model. A 10th SDM model55 and 3 additional descriptive and normative studies8,56,57 were later added based on expert feedback and incorporated into our final SDM 3 Circle Model.

Expert Feedback

Twenty-one of 27 (78%) SDM expert authors responded to our e-mail request for feedback. The majority (62%) agreed with the basic elements of the model, including the environmental frame and the 3 domains. Some respondents viewed SDM as strictly a process between patient and provider independent of the disease, leading to refinement of the medical context category. Several experts emphasized the importance of SDM “set-up,” which includes the elicitation of patient preferences in how decisions are made and the extent of patient and/or surrogate involvement.

Several respondents identified time constraints (N = 2), acuity of disease (N = 3), and presence of multiple teams (N = 6) to be the significant factors distinguishing inpatient from outpatient SDM. For some experts, “team” referred to the interprofessional care team, whereas others referred to it as the collaboration among attending physicians and trainees. Experts noted that although the intensity and frequency of inpatient interactions could promote SDM, higher patient acuity and the urgency of decisions could negatively influence SDM and/or the patient’s ability to participate. Similarly, the presence of other team members may either impede or promote SDM by either contributing to miscommunication or bringing well-trained SDM experts to the bedside. Financial impact on patients and resource constraints were also noted as relevant. All of these elements have been incorporated into the final SDM 3 Circle Model and multistep SDM Pathway (Supplemental Appendix A and B).

The SDM 3 Circle Model

The SDM 3 Circle Model comprises 3 categories of SDM barriers and facilitators that intersect within the environmental frame of an inpatient ward or other setting: (1) provider/team, (2) patient/family, and (3) medical context. A Venn diagram visually represents the conceptual overlaps and distinctions among these categories that are all affected by the environment in which they occur (Supplemental Appendix A).

The patient/family circle mirrors prior SDM models that address the role of patient preferences in making decisions,3,4,12 with the explicit addition of the roles of families and surrogates as either decision-makers or influencers. This circle includes personal characteristics, such as cognitions (eg, beliefs, attitudes), emotions (eg, anxiety, hope), behaviors (eg, adherence, assertiveness), illness history (ie, subjective experience and understanding of one’s own medical history), and related social features (eg, culture, education, literacy, social supports).

Patient factors are not static over time or context. They occur within an environmental setting and are likely to be influenced by concurrent provider and medical variables (the second and third circles). Disease exacerbation leading to hospitalization or transfer to a subacute facility could dramatically shift the calculus a patient uses to determine preferences or activate dormant family dynamics. Strong provider-patient rapport (the overlap of patient and provider factors) may influence the development of trust and subsequent decisions.9 The type of disease or symptom presentation (circle 3–medical context) may further influence patient factors due to stigma, perceived vulnerability, or assumed prognosis.

The provider/team circle includes both individual and team-based factors falling into similar categories as the patient/family domain, such as cognitions, behavior, and social features; however, these factors include both personal (eg, the provider’s personal history, values, and beliefs) and professional (eg, past medical training, decision-making style, past experiences treating a disease) characteristics. Decisions may involve an interprofessional team representing a broad range of personalities and professional values. Decisions and decision-making processes may change over time as team composition changes, as level of provider expertise varies, or as environmental, patient, or disease/illness factors influence providers and teams.

Medical context includes factors related to the disease and the potential ways to evaluate or manage it. Examples of disease factors include acuity, symptoms, course, and prognosis. Most obviously, disease factors will influence the content of risk-benefit discussions but may also affect the SDM process through disease stigma or cultural assumptions about etiology. Disease evaluation factors include the psychometrics of a diagnostic screen, invasive and noninvasive testing, or a range of different preventive or therapeutic interventions. Treatment variables include the available options, costs, and risk of complications. Medical context variables evolve as evidence-based medicine and biomedical knowledge increase and new treatment options emerge.

Each of the 3 circles operates within the same environmental frame, such as an inpatient medicine ward, which itself operates within a hospital and the broader healthcare system. This frame exerts overt and subtle influences on providers, patients, and even the medical context. Features of the environmental frame include culture (eg, values, preferences, social norms), university versus community setting, incentives, formularies, quality improvement campaigns, regulations, and technology use.

The dynamic interactivity of the environmental frame and the 3 circles inform the process of SDM and highlight key differences that may occur between care settings. Certain features may predominate in different situations, but all will influence and be influenced by features of other circles during the course of SDM.

 

 

Application of the SDM 3 Circle Model

As shown in the Figure, the multistep SDM pathway begins with information gathering and processing, where the provider solicits medical history as well as patient preferences for decision-making. This “processing” of patient decision-making preferences is less commonly described. The next steps, sharing information and decision discussion, include patient education about the medical issue and available treatments. Discussions may involve the pros/cons of each option, alternative diagnostic or management strategies, and how these decisions fit with a patient’s preferences, abilities (eg, health literacy)58 and resources, or what has been called “contextualizing care.”7,8 Framing and other provider behaviors, including the use of decision aids and decision guides,15 may influence these conversations. Finally, after gathering, sharing, and discussing information (as influenced by the environment and 3 circles), a medical decision is made and patient understanding is verified. Detailed examples of how this model might be applied are illustrated with case scenarios in supplemental Appendix B.

Although the SDM process is similar across clinical settings, its operationalization varies in important ways for hospital decision-making. In some situations, patients may defer all decisions to their providers or decisions may be considered with multiple providers concurrently. In the hospital, SDM may not be possible, such as in emergency surgery for an obtunded patient or when the patient and surrogate are not available or able to participate in the decision. Therefore, providers may bypass the steps of information sharing and discussion of the decision (big arrow in the Figure and supplemental Appendix B), proceeding directly to decision making.

DISCUSSION

The SDM 3 Circle Model provides a concise, ecologically valid, contextually sensitive representation of SDM that synthesizes and extends beyond recent SDM models.3,7,40 Each circle represents the forces that influence SDM across settings. Although the multistep SDM pathway occurs similarly in outpatient and inpatient settings, how each step is operationalized and how each “circle” exerts its influence may differ and warrants further consideration throughout the SDM process. For example, hospitalized patients may have greater stress and anxiety, have more family involvement, be more motivated to adhere to treatment, and may be under greater financial and social pressures. Unlike outpatient primary care, patients are less likely to have an existing relationship with their inpatient providers, potentially compromising patient confidence in the provider, and necessitating expeditious trust building.

The SDM 3 Circle Model captures “setting” in both the broader environmental frame and within the provider/team category of variables. The frame also captures health system and broader community variables that may influence the practicality of some medical decisions. Within this essential frame, all 3 categories of patient, provider, and medical context are included as part of the SDM process. A better understanding of their interplay may be of great value for clinicians, researchers, administrators, and policy makers who wish to further study and promote SDM. Both the SDM 3 Circle Model and its accompanying pathway (Figures 1 and 2) highlight opportunities for intervention and research, and may drive quality improvement initiatives to improve clinical outcomes.

Limitations

We did not perform a new systematic review, potentially omitting lesser-known publications. We mitigated this risk by using recent systematic reviews, searching multiple databases, hand searching citation lists, and making inquiries to SDM experts. Our selection of models used as a foundation for the synthesized model was based on consensus, which included an element of subjective, clinical judgment. Our SDM expert sample was small and limited to authors of the papers we reviewed, potentially restricting the range of viewpoints received. Lastly, the SDM 3 Circle Model highlights key concept areas rather than all possible factors that influence SDM.

CONCLUSIONS

We present a peer-reviewed, literature-based SDM model capable of accounting for the unique circumstances and challenges of SDM in the hospital. The SDM 3 Circle Model identifies the primary categories of variables thought to influence SDM, places them in a shared environmental frame, and visually represents their interactive nature. A multistep representation of the SDM process further illustrates how the unique features and challenges of hospitalization might exert influence at various points as patients and providers reach a shared decision. As the interrelationships of patient and provider/team, medical context, and the environmental frame in which they occur are better understood, more effective and targeted interventions to promote SDM can be developed and evaluated.

Acknowledgments

The authors would like to thank Evans Whitaker for his assistance with the literature review and the Patient Engagement Project volunteers for their support and assistance with data collection.

Disclosure

Financial support for this study was provided entirely by a grant from NIH/NCCIH (grant #R25 AT006573, awarded to Dr. Jason Satterfield). The funding agreement ensured the authors’ independence in designing the study, interpreting the data, writing, and publishing the report. The following authors are employed by the sponsor: Stephanie Rennke, MD, Patrick Yuan, BA, Brad Monash, MD, Rebecca Blankenburg, MD, MPH, Ian Chua, MD, Stephanie Harman, MD, Debbie S. Sakai, MD, Joan F. Hilton, DSc, MPH., and Jason Satterfield, PhD.

 

 

References

1. Hoffmann TC, Montori VM, Del Mar C. The connection between evidence-based medicine and shared decision making. JAMA. 2014;312(13):1295-1296. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.10186. PubMed
2. Stiggelbout AM, Pieterse AH, De Haes JC. Shared decision making: Concepts, evidence, and practice. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(10):1172-1179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2015.06.022. PubMed
3. Elwyn G, Frosch D, Thomson R, et al. Shared decision making: a model for clinical practice. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(10):1361-1367. doi:10.1007/s11606-012-2077-6. PubMed
4. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Decision-making in the physician-patient encounter: revisiting the shared treatment decision-making model. Soc Sci Med. 1999;49(5):651-661. PubMed
5. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. What is a medical decision? A units. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2011;183(7):915-921. doi:10.1164/rccm.201008-1214OC. PubMed
22. Müller-Engelmann M, Keller H, Donner-Banzhoff N, Krones T. Shared decision making in medicine: The influence of situational treatment factors. Patient Educ Couns. 2011;82(2):240-246. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2010.04.028. PubMed
23. Whitney SN. A New Model of Medical Decisions: Exploring the Limits of Shared Decision Making. Med Decis Making. 2003;23(4):275-280. doi:10.1177/0272989X03256006. PubMed
24. Légaré F, Bekker H, Desroches S, et al. How can continuing professional development better promote shared decision-making? Perspectives from an international collaboration. Implement Sci. 2011;6:68. doi:10.1186/1748-5908-6-68. PubMed
25. Makoul G, Clayman ML. An integrative model of shared decision making in medical encounters. Patient Educ Couns. 2006;60(3):301-312. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2005.06.010. PubMed
26. Moumjid N, Gafni A, Brémond A, Carrère MO. Shared decision making in the medical taxonomy based on physician statements in hospital encounters: a qualitative study. BMJ Open. 2016;6(2):e010098. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-010098. PubMed
6. Fowler FJ, Levin CA, Sepucha KR. Informing and involving patients to improve the quality of medical decisions. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):699-706. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0003. PubMed
7. Weiner SJ, Kelly B, Ashley N, et al. Content coding for contextualization of care: evaluating physician performance at patient-centered decision making. Med Decis Making. 2014;34(1):97-106. doi:10.1177/0272989X13493146. PubMed
8. Weiner SJ, Schwartz A, Sharma G, et al. Patient-centered decision making and health care outcomes: an observational study. Ann Intern Med. 2013;158(8):573-579. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-158-8-201304160-00001. PubMed
9. Matthias MS, Salyers MP, Frankel RM. Re-thinking shared decision-making: context matters. Patient Educ Couns. 2013;91(2):176-179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2013.01.006 PubMed
10. Clayman ML, Bylund CL, Chewning B, Makoul G. The Impact of Patient Participation in Health Decisions Within Medical Encounters: A Systematic Review. Med Decis Making. 2016;36(4):427-452. doi:10.1177/0272989X15613530. PubMed
11. Shay LA, Lafata JE. Understanding patient perceptions of shared decision making. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;96(3):295-301. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.017. PubMed
12. Chewning B, Bylund CL, Shah B, Arora NK, Gueguen JA, Makoul G. Patient preferences for shared decisions: a systematic review. Patient Educ Couns. 2012;86(1):9-18. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.02.004. PubMed
13. Butterworth JE, Campbell JL. Older patients and their GPs: shared decision making in enhancing trust. Br J Gen Pract. 2014;64(628):e709-e718. doi:10.3399/bjgp14X682297. PubMed
14. Joosten EA, DeFuentes-Merillas L, de Weert GH, Sensky T, van der Staak CP, de Jong CA. Systematic review of the effects of shared decision-making on patient satisfaction, treatment adherence and health status. Psychother Psychosom. 2008;77(4):219-226. doi:10.1159/000126073. PubMed
15. Stacey D, Légaré F, Col NF, et al. Decision aids for people facing health treatment or screening decisions. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;1:CD001431. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD001431.pub4. PubMed
16. Weingart SN, Zhu J, Chiappetta L, et al. Hospitalized patients’ participation and its impact on quality of care and patient safety. Int J Qual Health Care. 2011;23(3):269-277. doi:10.1093/intqhc/mzr002. PubMed
17. Mohammed K, Nolan MB, Rajjo T, et al. Creating a Patient-Centered Health Care Delivery System: A Systematic Review of Health Care Quality From the Patient Perspective. Am J Med Qual. 2014;31(1):12-21. doi:10.1177/1062860614545124. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: a systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2012-001769. PubMed
19. Légaré F, Ratté S, Gravel K, Graham ID. Barriers and facilitators to implementing shared decision-making in clinical practice: update of a systematic review of health professionals’ perceptions. Patient Educ Couns. 2008;73(3):526-535. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2008.07.018. PubMed
20. Frosch DL, May SG, Rendle KAS, Tietbohl C, Elwyn G. Authoritarian physicians and patients’ fear of being labeled “difficult” among key obstacles to shared decision making. Health Aff (Millwood). 2012;31(5):1030-1038. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0576. PubMed
21. Johnson SK, Bautista CA, Hong SY, Weissfeld L, White DB. An empirical study of surrogates’ preferred level of control over value-laden life support decisions in intensive care encounter: are we all talking about the same thing? Med Decis Making. 2007;27(5):539-546. doi:10.1177/0272989X07306779. PubMed
27. Hallström I, Elander G. Decision-making during hospitalization: parents’ and children’s involvement. J Clin Nurs. 2004;13(3):367-375. PubMed
28. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. Temporal characteristics of decisions in hospital encounters: a threshold for shared decision making? A qualitative study. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;97(2):216-222. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.08.005. PubMed
29. Baumeister RF, Leary MR. Writing narrative literature reviews. Rev Gen Psychol. 1997;1(3):311. 
30. Moody DL. Theoretical and practical issues in evaluating the quality of conceptual models: current state and future directions. Data Knowl Eng. 2005;55(3):243-276. doi:10.1016/j.datak.2004.12.005. 
31. McLeroy KR, Bibeau D, Steckler A, Glanz K. An ecological perspective on health promotion programs. Health Educ Q. 1988;15(4):351-377. PubMed
32. Basics of Qualitative Research | SAGE Publications Inc. https://us.sagepub.com/en-us/nam/basics-of-qualitative-research/book235578. Accessed on September 13, 2016. PubMed

 

 

33. 2013;2(4):421-433. doi:10.2217/cer.13.46.J Comp Eff Res33. Halley MC, Rendle KA, Frosch DL. A conceptual model of the multiple stages of communication necessary to support patient-centered care. PubMed
34. 2012;87(1):54-61. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.07.027.Patient Educ Couns34. Torke AM, Petronio S, Sachs GA, Helft PR, Purnell C. A conceptual model of the role of communication in surrogate decision making for hospitalized adults. PubMed
35. 2009;15(6):1142-1151. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2753.2009.01315.x.J Eval Clin Pract35. Falzer PR, Garman MD. A conditional model of evidence-based decision making: Model of evidence-based decision making. PubMed
36. 2012;8(4):161-164. doi:10.1097/PTS.0b013e318267c56e.J Patient Saf36. Holzmueller CG, Wu AW, Pronovost PJ. A framework for encouraging patient engagement in medical decision making. PubMed
37. 2014;97(2):158-164. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.027.Patient Educ Couns37. Elwyn G, Lloyd A, May C, et al. Collaborative deliberation: a model for patient care. PubMed
38. 2002;35(5-6):313-321. doi:10.1016/S1532-0464(03)00037-6.J Biomed Inform38. Ruland CM, Bakken S. Developing, implementing, and evaluating decision support systems for shared decision making in patient care: a conceptual model and case illustration. PubMed
39. 1999;319(7212):764.BMJ39. Shepperd S, Charnock D, Gann B. Helping patients access high quality health information. PubMed
40. 2011;25(1):18-25. doi:10.3109/13561820.2010.490502.J Interprof Care40. Légaré F, Stacey D, Pouliot S, et al. Interprofessionalism and shared decision-making in primary care: a stepwise approach towards a new model. PubMed
41. 2015;25(1):141-152. doi:10.1007/s10926-014-9532-7.J Occup Rehabil41. Coutu MF, Légaré F, Durand MJ, et al. Operationalizing a Shared Decision Making Model for Work Rehabilitation Programs: A Consensus Process. PubMed
42. 2013;13:231.BMC Health Serv Res42. Hölzel LP, Kriston L, Härter M. Patient preference for involvement, experienced involvement, decisional conflict, and satisfaction with physician: a structural equation model test. PubMed
43. 2008;134(4):835-843. doi:10.1378/chest.08-0235.Chest43. Curtis JR, White DB. Practical guidance for evidence-based ICU family conferences. PubMed
44. 2013;8:29-36. doi:10.4137/IMI.S12783.Integr Med Insights44. Brooks AT, Silverman L, Wallen G. Shared Decision Making: A Fundamental Tenet in a Conceptual Framework of Integrative Healthcare Delivery. PubMed
45. 2013;33(1):37-47. doi:10.1177/0272989X12458159.Med Decis Making45. Müller-Engelmann M, Donner-Banzhoff N, Keller H, et al. When decisions should be shared: a study of social norms in medical decision making using a factorial survey approach. PubMed
46. 2007;101(4):205-211.Z Arztl Fortbild Qualitatssich46. Mccaffery KJ, Shepherd HL, Trevena L, et al. Shared decision-making in Australia. PubMed
47. 2014;20(2):311-318. doi:10.1007/s12028-013-9922-2.Neurocrit Care

47. Rubin MA. The Collaborative Autonomy Model of Medical Decision-Making. 48. 2013;70(1 Suppl):141S-158S. doi:10.1177/1077558712461952.Med Care Res Rev PubMed

48. McCullough LB. The professional medical ethics model of decision making under conditions of clinical uncertainty. PubMed
49. 2009;87(2):368–390.Milbank Q49. Satterfield JM, Spring B, Brownson RC, et al. Toward a Transdisciplinary Model of Evidence-Based Practice. PubMed
50. 2015;25(3):276-282. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2015.02.002.Womens Health Issues50. Moore JE, Titler MG, Kane Low L, Dalton VK, Sampselle CM. Transforming Patient-Centered Care: Development of the Evidence Informed Decision Making through Engagement Model. PubMed
51. 1997;44(5):681-692.Soc Sci Med51. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Shared decision-making in the medical encounter: what does it mean? (or it takes at least two to tango). PubMed
52. 2010;80(2):164-172. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2009.10.015.Patient Educ Couns52. Stacey D, Légaré F, Pouliot S, Kryworuchko J, Dunn S. Shared decision making models to inform an interprofessional perspective on decision making: a theory analysis. PubMed
53. 2013;70(1 Suppl):94S-112S. doi:10.1177/1077558712459216.Med Care Res Rev53. Epstein RM, Gramling RE. What is shared in shared decision making? Complex decisions when the evidence is unclear. PubMed
54. 2010;304(8):903-904. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.1208.JAMA54. Kon AA. The shared decision-making continuum. PubMed
55. 2008;30(3):429-444. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9566.2007.01064.x.Sociol Health Illn55. Rapley T. Distributed decision making: the anatomy of decisions-in-action. PubMed
56. 1997;12(6):339-345.J Gen Intern Med56. Braddock CH 3rd, Fihn SD, Levinson W, Jonsen AR, Pearlman RA. How doctors and patients discuss routine clinical decisions. Informed decision making in the outpatient setting. PubMed
57. 1999;282(24):2313-2320.JAMA57. Braddock CH 3rd, Edwards KA, Hasenberg NM, Laidley TL, Levinson W. Informed decision making in outpatient practice: time to get back to basics. PubMed
58. 2009;69(12):1805-1812. doi:10.1016/j.socscimed.2009.09.056.Soc Sci Med58. Smith SK, Dixon A, Trevena L, Nutbeam D, McCaffery KJ. Exploring patient involvement in healthcare decision making across different education and functional health literacy groups.
2006;9(4):321-332. doi:10.1111/j.1369-7625.2006.00404.x.Health Expect. PubMed

59. Towle A, Godolphin W, Grams G, Lamarre A. Putting informed and shared decision making into practice. PubMed
60. 2011;17(4):554-564. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2753.2010.01515.x.J Eval Clin Pract60. Légaré F, Stacey D, Gagnon S, et al. Validating a conceptual model for an interprofessional approach to shared decision making: a mixed methods study. PubMed

 

 

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
1001-1008. Published online first October 18, 2017
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Evolving models of medical care emphasize the importance of shared decision-making (SDM) on practical and ethical grounds.1-3 SDM is a cognitive, emotional, and relational process in which provider and patient collaborate in a decision after discussing the options, evidence, and potential benefits and harms, while considering the patient’s values, preferences, and circumstances.4 Categories of decisions include information gathering, pharmacotherapy, therapeutic procedures, consultations and referrals, counseling and precautions (eg, behavior modification, goals of care, end-of-life care), and care transitions (eg, transfer or discharge to home).5 Decisions span the continuum of urgency and may be anticipatory or reactive.6 The patient’s environment7,8 and the provider-patient relationship9 have been explicitly incorporated into the ideal SDM process.

SDM has been conceptually and empirically linked with evidence-based practice,1 although the relationship between SDM and clinical outcomes is less clear.10,11 SDM is desired by patients12 and may bolster patient satisfaction, trust, and adherence.13,14 Limited evidence suggests SDM could reduce inappropriate treatments and testing,15 decrease adverse events,16 and promote greater patient safety,17-19 but more well-designed studies are needed.

Provider, patient, and contextual factors influence the extent to which SDM occurs. Providers commonly cite time constraints and perceived lack of applicability to certain clinical scenarios or settings.19 Providers may also lack training and competency in SDM skills.2 Patients may be reluctant to disagree with their provider or fear being mislabeled as “difficult.”20 When faced with high stakes or emotionally charged decisions, patients’ surrogates may prefer to have the provider serve as the sole decision-maker.21 Contextually, there may be limited evidence, high clinical stake, or a number of equally beneficial (or harmful) options.22,23

Current SDM models guide clinicians in determining when and how to engage in SDM, yet models vary widely. For example, Elwyn’s model emphasizes the ethical imperative for SDM and outlines 3 SDM steps: introduce choice, describe options, and help patients explore preferences and make decisions.3 Using a multimodal review and clinician-driven feedback, Legaré’s “IP-SDM” (Interprofessional Shared Decision Making) model illustrates the roles of the interprofessional team and emphasizes the influence of environmental factors on decision-making.24 Recent systematic reviews of SDM models have attempted to identify common elements, language, and processes.2,25,26

Although published SDM models demonstrate varying emphases–eg, evidence-based medicine,2 provider-patient relationships,9 interprofessional practices and environmental influences,24 or patient contextual factors 7,8–none specifically address hospitalization and the issues that impact decisions as a patients’ clinical condition and care needs change. Studies of SDM in hospitalized patients have relied on either general theoretical frameworks for patient engagement or conceptual models developed specifically for outpatient care.16,27,28 Although the key tenets of SDM are relevant across clinical settings, hospitalization introduces a number of unique and highly relevant factors that may influence all aspects of the SDM process. Table 1 provides several examples from the authors of how inpatient and outpatient SDM may differ.

This study reviews leading SDM models to construct a more environmentally and contextually sensitive model that is appropriate for the hospital setting. Although developed with hospital medicine in mind, a synthesized model that attends to environmental and systems context, provider/team factors, patient factors, and disease/medical variables is highly relevant in any setting where SDM occurs.

METHODS

We constructed a model that is appropriate for SDM across the care continuum through the following 3-part, iterative group process: (1) a comprehensive literature review of existing SDM models, (2) synthesis and inductive development of a new draft model, and (3) modification of the new model using feedback from SDM experts.

Narrative Literature Review

We performed a structured, comprehensive literature review 29 to compare and contrast existing SDM models and frameworks. Leading models and key concepts were first identified using 2 systematic reviews 25,26 and a comprehensive review.2 In order to extend the search to 2016 and include any overlooked articles, a PubMed search was performed using the terms “shared decision-making” or “medical decision-making” AND “model” or “theory” or “framework” for English-language articles from inception to 2016. The search was repeated using Google Scholar to verify results and obtain the number of citations per article as a proxy for impact and saturation. In order to minimize possible search error or selection bias, reference lists in high-impact publications were hand searched to identify additional articles. All abstracts were manually reviewed by 2 independent authors for relevance and later inclusion in our group iterative process. A priori inclusion criteria were limited to provider-patient SDM (ie, not clinical reasoning or making decisions in general) and complete descriptions of a conceptual model or framework. Additional publications suggested by experts (eg, perspective pieces or terminology summaries) were also reviewed.

 

 

Model Development and Expert Review

An electronic SDM reference library and annotated bibliography of the selected articles (Table 2) was created to guide the synthesis of SDM models and highlight needed revisions for hospital medicine. In a process similar to Legaré,24 a group of 8 pediatric and adult medicine hospitalists, a palliative care physician, a cognitive psychologist, a biostatistician, and 3 medical trainees reviewed the selected SDM publications and models30 and independently created their own adapted inpatient SDM models. Through an iterative, consensus-building group process, each model was discussed to select key elements or features to be integrated into a synthesized model. This model was guided by principles of social ecological theory, which emphasizes the role of the individual as influenced by and interactive with systems and the environment.31

The draft model and a standardized set of questions (supplementary Appendix A) were then emailed to all first and last authors of the reviewed studies (Table 2). Expert responses were compiled, coded, and analyzed independently by 3 coauthors. Inductive coding techniques and a constant comparative approach were used to code the qualitative data.32 Preliminary findings were shared among the 3 reviewers and discussed until consensus was reached on emerging themes and implications for the new SDM model and multistep SDM pathway. A master list of suggested revisions was shared with the larger authorship team and the model was refined accordingly.

RESULTS

Two previously published systematic reviews25,26 identified 494 articles, 161 conceptual definitions of SDM, and over 30 separate key concepts. The additional PubMed search garnered 1957 publications (with many overlapping from the systematic reviews). A manual search of the systematic reviews and PubMed abstracts identified 16 unique and complete decision-making models for further review. Hand searches of their citations yielded an additional 6 models for a total of 22 models.3,4,13,23,33-51 The majority of excluded articles described specific decision aids and small clinical studies, focused on only one step of the decision-making process, or were not otherwise relevant. The first (SR) and senior authors (JS) reviewed the 22 models for SDM relevance, generalizability, and content saturation, yielding a final sample of 9 SDM models. A subsequent Google Scholar search did not identify any new SDM models but 2 SDM theory papers1,52 and 2 commentaries53,54 were selected based on influence (ie, number of citations), expert recommendation, or coverage of a novel aspect of SDM. A total of 15 studies (9 SDM models + 6 reviews; Table 2) were used by our development team to create a synthesized SDM model. A 10th SDM model55 and 3 additional descriptive and normative studies8,56,57 were later added based on expert feedback and incorporated into our final SDM 3 Circle Model.

Expert Feedback

Twenty-one of 27 (78%) SDM expert authors responded to our e-mail request for feedback. The majority (62%) agreed with the basic elements of the model, including the environmental frame and the 3 domains. Some respondents viewed SDM as strictly a process between patient and provider independent of the disease, leading to refinement of the medical context category. Several experts emphasized the importance of SDM “set-up,” which includes the elicitation of patient preferences in how decisions are made and the extent of patient and/or surrogate involvement.

Several respondents identified time constraints (N = 2), acuity of disease (N = 3), and presence of multiple teams (N = 6) to be the significant factors distinguishing inpatient from outpatient SDM. For some experts, “team” referred to the interprofessional care team, whereas others referred to it as the collaboration among attending physicians and trainees. Experts noted that although the intensity and frequency of inpatient interactions could promote SDM, higher patient acuity and the urgency of decisions could negatively influence SDM and/or the patient’s ability to participate. Similarly, the presence of other team members may either impede or promote SDM by either contributing to miscommunication or bringing well-trained SDM experts to the bedside. Financial impact on patients and resource constraints were also noted as relevant. All of these elements have been incorporated into the final SDM 3 Circle Model and multistep SDM Pathway (Supplemental Appendix A and B).

The SDM 3 Circle Model

The SDM 3 Circle Model comprises 3 categories of SDM barriers and facilitators that intersect within the environmental frame of an inpatient ward or other setting: (1) provider/team, (2) patient/family, and (3) medical context. A Venn diagram visually represents the conceptual overlaps and distinctions among these categories that are all affected by the environment in which they occur (Supplemental Appendix A).

The patient/family circle mirrors prior SDM models that address the role of patient preferences in making decisions,3,4,12 with the explicit addition of the roles of families and surrogates as either decision-makers or influencers. This circle includes personal characteristics, such as cognitions (eg, beliefs, attitudes), emotions (eg, anxiety, hope), behaviors (eg, adherence, assertiveness), illness history (ie, subjective experience and understanding of one’s own medical history), and related social features (eg, culture, education, literacy, social supports).

Patient factors are not static over time or context. They occur within an environmental setting and are likely to be influenced by concurrent provider and medical variables (the second and third circles). Disease exacerbation leading to hospitalization or transfer to a subacute facility could dramatically shift the calculus a patient uses to determine preferences or activate dormant family dynamics. Strong provider-patient rapport (the overlap of patient and provider factors) may influence the development of trust and subsequent decisions.9 The type of disease or symptom presentation (circle 3–medical context) may further influence patient factors due to stigma, perceived vulnerability, or assumed prognosis.

The provider/team circle includes both individual and team-based factors falling into similar categories as the patient/family domain, such as cognitions, behavior, and social features; however, these factors include both personal (eg, the provider’s personal history, values, and beliefs) and professional (eg, past medical training, decision-making style, past experiences treating a disease) characteristics. Decisions may involve an interprofessional team representing a broad range of personalities and professional values. Decisions and decision-making processes may change over time as team composition changes, as level of provider expertise varies, or as environmental, patient, or disease/illness factors influence providers and teams.

Medical context includes factors related to the disease and the potential ways to evaluate or manage it. Examples of disease factors include acuity, symptoms, course, and prognosis. Most obviously, disease factors will influence the content of risk-benefit discussions but may also affect the SDM process through disease stigma or cultural assumptions about etiology. Disease evaluation factors include the psychometrics of a diagnostic screen, invasive and noninvasive testing, or a range of different preventive or therapeutic interventions. Treatment variables include the available options, costs, and risk of complications. Medical context variables evolve as evidence-based medicine and biomedical knowledge increase and new treatment options emerge.

Each of the 3 circles operates within the same environmental frame, such as an inpatient medicine ward, which itself operates within a hospital and the broader healthcare system. This frame exerts overt and subtle influences on providers, patients, and even the medical context. Features of the environmental frame include culture (eg, values, preferences, social norms), university versus community setting, incentives, formularies, quality improvement campaigns, regulations, and technology use.

The dynamic interactivity of the environmental frame and the 3 circles inform the process of SDM and highlight key differences that may occur between care settings. Certain features may predominate in different situations, but all will influence and be influenced by features of other circles during the course of SDM.

 

 

Application of the SDM 3 Circle Model

As shown in the Figure, the multistep SDM pathway begins with information gathering and processing, where the provider solicits medical history as well as patient preferences for decision-making. This “processing” of patient decision-making preferences is less commonly described. The next steps, sharing information and decision discussion, include patient education about the medical issue and available treatments. Discussions may involve the pros/cons of each option, alternative diagnostic or management strategies, and how these decisions fit with a patient’s preferences, abilities (eg, health literacy)58 and resources, or what has been called “contextualizing care.”7,8 Framing and other provider behaviors, including the use of decision aids and decision guides,15 may influence these conversations. Finally, after gathering, sharing, and discussing information (as influenced by the environment and 3 circles), a medical decision is made and patient understanding is verified. Detailed examples of how this model might be applied are illustrated with case scenarios in supplemental Appendix B.

Although the SDM process is similar across clinical settings, its operationalization varies in important ways for hospital decision-making. In some situations, patients may defer all decisions to their providers or decisions may be considered with multiple providers concurrently. In the hospital, SDM may not be possible, such as in emergency surgery for an obtunded patient or when the patient and surrogate are not available or able to participate in the decision. Therefore, providers may bypass the steps of information sharing and discussion of the decision (big arrow in the Figure and supplemental Appendix B), proceeding directly to decision making.

DISCUSSION

The SDM 3 Circle Model provides a concise, ecologically valid, contextually sensitive representation of SDM that synthesizes and extends beyond recent SDM models.3,7,40 Each circle represents the forces that influence SDM across settings. Although the multistep SDM pathway occurs similarly in outpatient and inpatient settings, how each step is operationalized and how each “circle” exerts its influence may differ and warrants further consideration throughout the SDM process. For example, hospitalized patients may have greater stress and anxiety, have more family involvement, be more motivated to adhere to treatment, and may be under greater financial and social pressures. Unlike outpatient primary care, patients are less likely to have an existing relationship with their inpatient providers, potentially compromising patient confidence in the provider, and necessitating expeditious trust building.

The SDM 3 Circle Model captures “setting” in both the broader environmental frame and within the provider/team category of variables. The frame also captures health system and broader community variables that may influence the practicality of some medical decisions. Within this essential frame, all 3 categories of patient, provider, and medical context are included as part of the SDM process. A better understanding of their interplay may be of great value for clinicians, researchers, administrators, and policy makers who wish to further study and promote SDM. Both the SDM 3 Circle Model and its accompanying pathway (Figures 1 and 2) highlight opportunities for intervention and research, and may drive quality improvement initiatives to improve clinical outcomes.

Limitations

We did not perform a new systematic review, potentially omitting lesser-known publications. We mitigated this risk by using recent systematic reviews, searching multiple databases, hand searching citation lists, and making inquiries to SDM experts. Our selection of models used as a foundation for the synthesized model was based on consensus, which included an element of subjective, clinical judgment. Our SDM expert sample was small and limited to authors of the papers we reviewed, potentially restricting the range of viewpoints received. Lastly, the SDM 3 Circle Model highlights key concept areas rather than all possible factors that influence SDM.

CONCLUSIONS

We present a peer-reviewed, literature-based SDM model capable of accounting for the unique circumstances and challenges of SDM in the hospital. The SDM 3 Circle Model identifies the primary categories of variables thought to influence SDM, places them in a shared environmental frame, and visually represents their interactive nature. A multistep representation of the SDM process further illustrates how the unique features and challenges of hospitalization might exert influence at various points as patients and providers reach a shared decision. As the interrelationships of patient and provider/team, medical context, and the environmental frame in which they occur are better understood, more effective and targeted interventions to promote SDM can be developed and evaluated.

Acknowledgments

The authors would like to thank Evans Whitaker for his assistance with the literature review and the Patient Engagement Project volunteers for their support and assistance with data collection.

Disclosure

Financial support for this study was provided entirely by a grant from NIH/NCCIH (grant #R25 AT006573, awarded to Dr. Jason Satterfield). The funding agreement ensured the authors’ independence in designing the study, interpreting the data, writing, and publishing the report. The following authors are employed by the sponsor: Stephanie Rennke, MD, Patrick Yuan, BA, Brad Monash, MD, Rebecca Blankenburg, MD, MPH, Ian Chua, MD, Stephanie Harman, MD, Debbie S. Sakai, MD, Joan F. Hilton, DSc, MPH., and Jason Satterfield, PhD.

 

 

Evolving models of medical care emphasize the importance of shared decision-making (SDM) on practical and ethical grounds.1-3 SDM is a cognitive, emotional, and relational process in which provider and patient collaborate in a decision after discussing the options, evidence, and potential benefits and harms, while considering the patient’s values, preferences, and circumstances.4 Categories of decisions include information gathering, pharmacotherapy, therapeutic procedures, consultations and referrals, counseling and precautions (eg, behavior modification, goals of care, end-of-life care), and care transitions (eg, transfer or discharge to home).5 Decisions span the continuum of urgency and may be anticipatory or reactive.6 The patient’s environment7,8 and the provider-patient relationship9 have been explicitly incorporated into the ideal SDM process.

SDM has been conceptually and empirically linked with evidence-based practice,1 although the relationship between SDM and clinical outcomes is less clear.10,11 SDM is desired by patients12 and may bolster patient satisfaction, trust, and adherence.13,14 Limited evidence suggests SDM could reduce inappropriate treatments and testing,15 decrease adverse events,16 and promote greater patient safety,17-19 but more well-designed studies are needed.

Provider, patient, and contextual factors influence the extent to which SDM occurs. Providers commonly cite time constraints and perceived lack of applicability to certain clinical scenarios or settings.19 Providers may also lack training and competency in SDM skills.2 Patients may be reluctant to disagree with their provider or fear being mislabeled as “difficult.”20 When faced with high stakes or emotionally charged decisions, patients’ surrogates may prefer to have the provider serve as the sole decision-maker.21 Contextually, there may be limited evidence, high clinical stake, or a number of equally beneficial (or harmful) options.22,23

Current SDM models guide clinicians in determining when and how to engage in SDM, yet models vary widely. For example, Elwyn’s model emphasizes the ethical imperative for SDM and outlines 3 SDM steps: introduce choice, describe options, and help patients explore preferences and make decisions.3 Using a multimodal review and clinician-driven feedback, Legaré’s “IP-SDM” (Interprofessional Shared Decision Making) model illustrates the roles of the interprofessional team and emphasizes the influence of environmental factors on decision-making.24 Recent systematic reviews of SDM models have attempted to identify common elements, language, and processes.2,25,26

Although published SDM models demonstrate varying emphases–eg, evidence-based medicine,2 provider-patient relationships,9 interprofessional practices and environmental influences,24 or patient contextual factors 7,8–none specifically address hospitalization and the issues that impact decisions as a patients’ clinical condition and care needs change. Studies of SDM in hospitalized patients have relied on either general theoretical frameworks for patient engagement or conceptual models developed specifically for outpatient care.16,27,28 Although the key tenets of SDM are relevant across clinical settings, hospitalization introduces a number of unique and highly relevant factors that may influence all aspects of the SDM process. Table 1 provides several examples from the authors of how inpatient and outpatient SDM may differ.

This study reviews leading SDM models to construct a more environmentally and contextually sensitive model that is appropriate for the hospital setting. Although developed with hospital medicine in mind, a synthesized model that attends to environmental and systems context, provider/team factors, patient factors, and disease/medical variables is highly relevant in any setting where SDM occurs.

METHODS

We constructed a model that is appropriate for SDM across the care continuum through the following 3-part, iterative group process: (1) a comprehensive literature review of existing SDM models, (2) synthesis and inductive development of a new draft model, and (3) modification of the new model using feedback from SDM experts.

Narrative Literature Review

We performed a structured, comprehensive literature review 29 to compare and contrast existing SDM models and frameworks. Leading models and key concepts were first identified using 2 systematic reviews 25,26 and a comprehensive review.2 In order to extend the search to 2016 and include any overlooked articles, a PubMed search was performed using the terms “shared decision-making” or “medical decision-making” AND “model” or “theory” or “framework” for English-language articles from inception to 2016. The search was repeated using Google Scholar to verify results and obtain the number of citations per article as a proxy for impact and saturation. In order to minimize possible search error or selection bias, reference lists in high-impact publications were hand searched to identify additional articles. All abstracts were manually reviewed by 2 independent authors for relevance and later inclusion in our group iterative process. A priori inclusion criteria were limited to provider-patient SDM (ie, not clinical reasoning or making decisions in general) and complete descriptions of a conceptual model or framework. Additional publications suggested by experts (eg, perspective pieces or terminology summaries) were also reviewed.

 

 

Model Development and Expert Review

An electronic SDM reference library and annotated bibliography of the selected articles (Table 2) was created to guide the synthesis of SDM models and highlight needed revisions for hospital medicine. In a process similar to Legaré,24 a group of 8 pediatric and adult medicine hospitalists, a palliative care physician, a cognitive psychologist, a biostatistician, and 3 medical trainees reviewed the selected SDM publications and models30 and independently created their own adapted inpatient SDM models. Through an iterative, consensus-building group process, each model was discussed to select key elements or features to be integrated into a synthesized model. This model was guided by principles of social ecological theory, which emphasizes the role of the individual as influenced by and interactive with systems and the environment.31

The draft model and a standardized set of questions (supplementary Appendix A) were then emailed to all first and last authors of the reviewed studies (Table 2). Expert responses were compiled, coded, and analyzed independently by 3 coauthors. Inductive coding techniques and a constant comparative approach were used to code the qualitative data.32 Preliminary findings were shared among the 3 reviewers and discussed until consensus was reached on emerging themes and implications for the new SDM model and multistep SDM pathway. A master list of suggested revisions was shared with the larger authorship team and the model was refined accordingly.

RESULTS

Two previously published systematic reviews25,26 identified 494 articles, 161 conceptual definitions of SDM, and over 30 separate key concepts. The additional PubMed search garnered 1957 publications (with many overlapping from the systematic reviews). A manual search of the systematic reviews and PubMed abstracts identified 16 unique and complete decision-making models for further review. Hand searches of their citations yielded an additional 6 models for a total of 22 models.3,4,13,23,33-51 The majority of excluded articles described specific decision aids and small clinical studies, focused on only one step of the decision-making process, or were not otherwise relevant. The first (SR) and senior authors (JS) reviewed the 22 models for SDM relevance, generalizability, and content saturation, yielding a final sample of 9 SDM models. A subsequent Google Scholar search did not identify any new SDM models but 2 SDM theory papers1,52 and 2 commentaries53,54 were selected based on influence (ie, number of citations), expert recommendation, or coverage of a novel aspect of SDM. A total of 15 studies (9 SDM models + 6 reviews; Table 2) were used by our development team to create a synthesized SDM model. A 10th SDM model55 and 3 additional descriptive and normative studies8,56,57 were later added based on expert feedback and incorporated into our final SDM 3 Circle Model.

Expert Feedback

Twenty-one of 27 (78%) SDM expert authors responded to our e-mail request for feedback. The majority (62%) agreed with the basic elements of the model, including the environmental frame and the 3 domains. Some respondents viewed SDM as strictly a process between patient and provider independent of the disease, leading to refinement of the medical context category. Several experts emphasized the importance of SDM “set-up,” which includes the elicitation of patient preferences in how decisions are made and the extent of patient and/or surrogate involvement.

Several respondents identified time constraints (N = 2), acuity of disease (N = 3), and presence of multiple teams (N = 6) to be the significant factors distinguishing inpatient from outpatient SDM. For some experts, “team” referred to the interprofessional care team, whereas others referred to it as the collaboration among attending physicians and trainees. Experts noted that although the intensity and frequency of inpatient interactions could promote SDM, higher patient acuity and the urgency of decisions could negatively influence SDM and/or the patient’s ability to participate. Similarly, the presence of other team members may either impede or promote SDM by either contributing to miscommunication or bringing well-trained SDM experts to the bedside. Financial impact on patients and resource constraints were also noted as relevant. All of these elements have been incorporated into the final SDM 3 Circle Model and multistep SDM Pathway (Supplemental Appendix A and B).

The SDM 3 Circle Model

The SDM 3 Circle Model comprises 3 categories of SDM barriers and facilitators that intersect within the environmental frame of an inpatient ward or other setting: (1) provider/team, (2) patient/family, and (3) medical context. A Venn diagram visually represents the conceptual overlaps and distinctions among these categories that are all affected by the environment in which they occur (Supplemental Appendix A).

The patient/family circle mirrors prior SDM models that address the role of patient preferences in making decisions,3,4,12 with the explicit addition of the roles of families and surrogates as either decision-makers or influencers. This circle includes personal characteristics, such as cognitions (eg, beliefs, attitudes), emotions (eg, anxiety, hope), behaviors (eg, adherence, assertiveness), illness history (ie, subjective experience and understanding of one’s own medical history), and related social features (eg, culture, education, literacy, social supports).

Patient factors are not static over time or context. They occur within an environmental setting and are likely to be influenced by concurrent provider and medical variables (the second and third circles). Disease exacerbation leading to hospitalization or transfer to a subacute facility could dramatically shift the calculus a patient uses to determine preferences or activate dormant family dynamics. Strong provider-patient rapport (the overlap of patient and provider factors) may influence the development of trust and subsequent decisions.9 The type of disease or symptom presentation (circle 3–medical context) may further influence patient factors due to stigma, perceived vulnerability, or assumed prognosis.

The provider/team circle includes both individual and team-based factors falling into similar categories as the patient/family domain, such as cognitions, behavior, and social features; however, these factors include both personal (eg, the provider’s personal history, values, and beliefs) and professional (eg, past medical training, decision-making style, past experiences treating a disease) characteristics. Decisions may involve an interprofessional team representing a broad range of personalities and professional values. Decisions and decision-making processes may change over time as team composition changes, as level of provider expertise varies, or as environmental, patient, or disease/illness factors influence providers and teams.

Medical context includes factors related to the disease and the potential ways to evaluate or manage it. Examples of disease factors include acuity, symptoms, course, and prognosis. Most obviously, disease factors will influence the content of risk-benefit discussions but may also affect the SDM process through disease stigma or cultural assumptions about etiology. Disease evaluation factors include the psychometrics of a diagnostic screen, invasive and noninvasive testing, or a range of different preventive or therapeutic interventions. Treatment variables include the available options, costs, and risk of complications. Medical context variables evolve as evidence-based medicine and biomedical knowledge increase and new treatment options emerge.

Each of the 3 circles operates within the same environmental frame, such as an inpatient medicine ward, which itself operates within a hospital and the broader healthcare system. This frame exerts overt and subtle influences on providers, patients, and even the medical context. Features of the environmental frame include culture (eg, values, preferences, social norms), university versus community setting, incentives, formularies, quality improvement campaigns, regulations, and technology use.

The dynamic interactivity of the environmental frame and the 3 circles inform the process of SDM and highlight key differences that may occur between care settings. Certain features may predominate in different situations, but all will influence and be influenced by features of other circles during the course of SDM.

 

 

Application of the SDM 3 Circle Model

As shown in the Figure, the multistep SDM pathway begins with information gathering and processing, where the provider solicits medical history as well as patient preferences for decision-making. This “processing” of patient decision-making preferences is less commonly described. The next steps, sharing information and decision discussion, include patient education about the medical issue and available treatments. Discussions may involve the pros/cons of each option, alternative diagnostic or management strategies, and how these decisions fit with a patient’s preferences, abilities (eg, health literacy)58 and resources, or what has been called “contextualizing care.”7,8 Framing and other provider behaviors, including the use of decision aids and decision guides,15 may influence these conversations. Finally, after gathering, sharing, and discussing information (as influenced by the environment and 3 circles), a medical decision is made and patient understanding is verified. Detailed examples of how this model might be applied are illustrated with case scenarios in supplemental Appendix B.

Although the SDM process is similar across clinical settings, its operationalization varies in important ways for hospital decision-making. In some situations, patients may defer all decisions to their providers or decisions may be considered with multiple providers concurrently. In the hospital, SDM may not be possible, such as in emergency surgery for an obtunded patient or when the patient and surrogate are not available or able to participate in the decision. Therefore, providers may bypass the steps of information sharing and discussion of the decision (big arrow in the Figure and supplemental Appendix B), proceeding directly to decision making.

DISCUSSION

The SDM 3 Circle Model provides a concise, ecologically valid, contextually sensitive representation of SDM that synthesizes and extends beyond recent SDM models.3,7,40 Each circle represents the forces that influence SDM across settings. Although the multistep SDM pathway occurs similarly in outpatient and inpatient settings, how each step is operationalized and how each “circle” exerts its influence may differ and warrants further consideration throughout the SDM process. For example, hospitalized patients may have greater stress and anxiety, have more family involvement, be more motivated to adhere to treatment, and may be under greater financial and social pressures. Unlike outpatient primary care, patients are less likely to have an existing relationship with their inpatient providers, potentially compromising patient confidence in the provider, and necessitating expeditious trust building.

The SDM 3 Circle Model captures “setting” in both the broader environmental frame and within the provider/team category of variables. The frame also captures health system and broader community variables that may influence the practicality of some medical decisions. Within this essential frame, all 3 categories of patient, provider, and medical context are included as part of the SDM process. A better understanding of their interplay may be of great value for clinicians, researchers, administrators, and policy makers who wish to further study and promote SDM. Both the SDM 3 Circle Model and its accompanying pathway (Figures 1 and 2) highlight opportunities for intervention and research, and may drive quality improvement initiatives to improve clinical outcomes.

Limitations

We did not perform a new systematic review, potentially omitting lesser-known publications. We mitigated this risk by using recent systematic reviews, searching multiple databases, hand searching citation lists, and making inquiries to SDM experts. Our selection of models used as a foundation for the synthesized model was based on consensus, which included an element of subjective, clinical judgment. Our SDM expert sample was small and limited to authors of the papers we reviewed, potentially restricting the range of viewpoints received. Lastly, the SDM 3 Circle Model highlights key concept areas rather than all possible factors that influence SDM.

CONCLUSIONS

We present a peer-reviewed, literature-based SDM model capable of accounting for the unique circumstances and challenges of SDM in the hospital. The SDM 3 Circle Model identifies the primary categories of variables thought to influence SDM, places them in a shared environmental frame, and visually represents their interactive nature. A multistep representation of the SDM process further illustrates how the unique features and challenges of hospitalization might exert influence at various points as patients and providers reach a shared decision. As the interrelationships of patient and provider/team, medical context, and the environmental frame in which they occur are better understood, more effective and targeted interventions to promote SDM can be developed and evaluated.

Acknowledgments

The authors would like to thank Evans Whitaker for his assistance with the literature review and the Patient Engagement Project volunteers for their support and assistance with data collection.

Disclosure

Financial support for this study was provided entirely by a grant from NIH/NCCIH (grant #R25 AT006573, awarded to Dr. Jason Satterfield). The funding agreement ensured the authors’ independence in designing the study, interpreting the data, writing, and publishing the report. The following authors are employed by the sponsor: Stephanie Rennke, MD, Patrick Yuan, BA, Brad Monash, MD, Rebecca Blankenburg, MD, MPH, Ian Chua, MD, Stephanie Harman, MD, Debbie S. Sakai, MD, Joan F. Hilton, DSc, MPH., and Jason Satterfield, PhD.

 

 

References

1. Hoffmann TC, Montori VM, Del Mar C. The connection between evidence-based medicine and shared decision making. JAMA. 2014;312(13):1295-1296. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.10186. PubMed
2. Stiggelbout AM, Pieterse AH, De Haes JC. Shared decision making: Concepts, evidence, and practice. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(10):1172-1179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2015.06.022. PubMed
3. Elwyn G, Frosch D, Thomson R, et al. Shared decision making: a model for clinical practice. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(10):1361-1367. doi:10.1007/s11606-012-2077-6. PubMed
4. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Decision-making in the physician-patient encounter: revisiting the shared treatment decision-making model. Soc Sci Med. 1999;49(5):651-661. PubMed
5. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. What is a medical decision? A units. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2011;183(7):915-921. doi:10.1164/rccm.201008-1214OC. PubMed
22. Müller-Engelmann M, Keller H, Donner-Banzhoff N, Krones T. Shared decision making in medicine: The influence of situational treatment factors. Patient Educ Couns. 2011;82(2):240-246. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2010.04.028. PubMed
23. Whitney SN. A New Model of Medical Decisions: Exploring the Limits of Shared Decision Making. Med Decis Making. 2003;23(4):275-280. doi:10.1177/0272989X03256006. PubMed
24. Légaré F, Bekker H, Desroches S, et al. How can continuing professional development better promote shared decision-making? Perspectives from an international collaboration. Implement Sci. 2011;6:68. doi:10.1186/1748-5908-6-68. PubMed
25. Makoul G, Clayman ML. An integrative model of shared decision making in medical encounters. Patient Educ Couns. 2006;60(3):301-312. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2005.06.010. PubMed
26. Moumjid N, Gafni A, Brémond A, Carrère MO. Shared decision making in the medical taxonomy based on physician statements in hospital encounters: a qualitative study. BMJ Open. 2016;6(2):e010098. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-010098. PubMed
6. Fowler FJ, Levin CA, Sepucha KR. Informing and involving patients to improve the quality of medical decisions. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):699-706. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0003. PubMed
7. Weiner SJ, Kelly B, Ashley N, et al. Content coding for contextualization of care: evaluating physician performance at patient-centered decision making. Med Decis Making. 2014;34(1):97-106. doi:10.1177/0272989X13493146. PubMed
8. Weiner SJ, Schwartz A, Sharma G, et al. Patient-centered decision making and health care outcomes: an observational study. Ann Intern Med. 2013;158(8):573-579. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-158-8-201304160-00001. PubMed
9. Matthias MS, Salyers MP, Frankel RM. Re-thinking shared decision-making: context matters. Patient Educ Couns. 2013;91(2):176-179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2013.01.006 PubMed
10. Clayman ML, Bylund CL, Chewning B, Makoul G. The Impact of Patient Participation in Health Decisions Within Medical Encounters: A Systematic Review. Med Decis Making. 2016;36(4):427-452. doi:10.1177/0272989X15613530. PubMed
11. Shay LA, Lafata JE. Understanding patient perceptions of shared decision making. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;96(3):295-301. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.017. PubMed
12. Chewning B, Bylund CL, Shah B, Arora NK, Gueguen JA, Makoul G. Patient preferences for shared decisions: a systematic review. Patient Educ Couns. 2012;86(1):9-18. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.02.004. PubMed
13. Butterworth JE, Campbell JL. Older patients and their GPs: shared decision making in enhancing trust. Br J Gen Pract. 2014;64(628):e709-e718. doi:10.3399/bjgp14X682297. PubMed
14. Joosten EA, DeFuentes-Merillas L, de Weert GH, Sensky T, van der Staak CP, de Jong CA. Systematic review of the effects of shared decision-making on patient satisfaction, treatment adherence and health status. Psychother Psychosom. 2008;77(4):219-226. doi:10.1159/000126073. PubMed
15. Stacey D, Légaré F, Col NF, et al. Decision aids for people facing health treatment or screening decisions. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;1:CD001431. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD001431.pub4. PubMed
16. Weingart SN, Zhu J, Chiappetta L, et al. Hospitalized patients’ participation and its impact on quality of care and patient safety. Int J Qual Health Care. 2011;23(3):269-277. doi:10.1093/intqhc/mzr002. PubMed
17. Mohammed K, Nolan MB, Rajjo T, et al. Creating a Patient-Centered Health Care Delivery System: A Systematic Review of Health Care Quality From the Patient Perspective. Am J Med Qual. 2014;31(1):12-21. doi:10.1177/1062860614545124. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: a systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2012-001769. PubMed
19. Légaré F, Ratté S, Gravel K, Graham ID. Barriers and facilitators to implementing shared decision-making in clinical practice: update of a systematic review of health professionals’ perceptions. Patient Educ Couns. 2008;73(3):526-535. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2008.07.018. PubMed
20. Frosch DL, May SG, Rendle KAS, Tietbohl C, Elwyn G. Authoritarian physicians and patients’ fear of being labeled “difficult” among key obstacles to shared decision making. Health Aff (Millwood). 2012;31(5):1030-1038. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0576. PubMed
21. Johnson SK, Bautista CA, Hong SY, Weissfeld L, White DB. An empirical study of surrogates’ preferred level of control over value-laden life support decisions in intensive care encounter: are we all talking about the same thing? Med Decis Making. 2007;27(5):539-546. doi:10.1177/0272989X07306779. PubMed
27. Hallström I, Elander G. Decision-making during hospitalization: parents’ and children’s involvement. J Clin Nurs. 2004;13(3):367-375. PubMed
28. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. Temporal characteristics of decisions in hospital encounters: a threshold for shared decision making? A qualitative study. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;97(2):216-222. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.08.005. PubMed
29. Baumeister RF, Leary MR. Writing narrative literature reviews. Rev Gen Psychol. 1997;1(3):311. 
30. Moody DL. Theoretical and practical issues in evaluating the quality of conceptual models: current state and future directions. Data Knowl Eng. 2005;55(3):243-276. doi:10.1016/j.datak.2004.12.005. 
31. McLeroy KR, Bibeau D, Steckler A, Glanz K. An ecological perspective on health promotion programs. Health Educ Q. 1988;15(4):351-377. PubMed
32. Basics of Qualitative Research | SAGE Publications Inc. https://us.sagepub.com/en-us/nam/basics-of-qualitative-research/book235578. Accessed on September 13, 2016. PubMed

 

 

33. 2013;2(4):421-433. doi:10.2217/cer.13.46.J Comp Eff Res33. Halley MC, Rendle KA, Frosch DL. A conceptual model of the multiple stages of communication necessary to support patient-centered care. PubMed
34. 2012;87(1):54-61. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.07.027.Patient Educ Couns34. Torke AM, Petronio S, Sachs GA, Helft PR, Purnell C. A conceptual model of the role of communication in surrogate decision making for hospitalized adults. PubMed
35. 2009;15(6):1142-1151. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2753.2009.01315.x.J Eval Clin Pract35. Falzer PR, Garman MD. A conditional model of evidence-based decision making: Model of evidence-based decision making. PubMed
36. 2012;8(4):161-164. doi:10.1097/PTS.0b013e318267c56e.J Patient Saf36. Holzmueller CG, Wu AW, Pronovost PJ. A framework for encouraging patient engagement in medical decision making. PubMed
37. 2014;97(2):158-164. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.027.Patient Educ Couns37. Elwyn G, Lloyd A, May C, et al. Collaborative deliberation: a model for patient care. PubMed
38. 2002;35(5-6):313-321. doi:10.1016/S1532-0464(03)00037-6.J Biomed Inform38. Ruland CM, Bakken S. Developing, implementing, and evaluating decision support systems for shared decision making in patient care: a conceptual model and case illustration. PubMed
39. 1999;319(7212):764.BMJ39. Shepperd S, Charnock D, Gann B. Helping patients access high quality health information. PubMed
40. 2011;25(1):18-25. doi:10.3109/13561820.2010.490502.J Interprof Care40. Légaré F, Stacey D, Pouliot S, et al. Interprofessionalism and shared decision-making in primary care: a stepwise approach towards a new model. PubMed
41. 2015;25(1):141-152. doi:10.1007/s10926-014-9532-7.J Occup Rehabil41. Coutu MF, Légaré F, Durand MJ, et al. Operationalizing a Shared Decision Making Model for Work Rehabilitation Programs: A Consensus Process. PubMed
42. 2013;13:231.BMC Health Serv Res42. Hölzel LP, Kriston L, Härter M. Patient preference for involvement, experienced involvement, decisional conflict, and satisfaction with physician: a structural equation model test. PubMed
43. 2008;134(4):835-843. doi:10.1378/chest.08-0235.Chest43. Curtis JR, White DB. Practical guidance for evidence-based ICU family conferences. PubMed
44. 2013;8:29-36. doi:10.4137/IMI.S12783.Integr Med Insights44. Brooks AT, Silverman L, Wallen G. Shared Decision Making: A Fundamental Tenet in a Conceptual Framework of Integrative Healthcare Delivery. PubMed
45. 2013;33(1):37-47. doi:10.1177/0272989X12458159.Med Decis Making45. Müller-Engelmann M, Donner-Banzhoff N, Keller H, et al. When decisions should be shared: a study of social norms in medical decision making using a factorial survey approach. PubMed
46. 2007;101(4):205-211.Z Arztl Fortbild Qualitatssich46. Mccaffery KJ, Shepherd HL, Trevena L, et al. Shared decision-making in Australia. PubMed
47. 2014;20(2):311-318. doi:10.1007/s12028-013-9922-2.Neurocrit Care

47. Rubin MA. The Collaborative Autonomy Model of Medical Decision-Making. 48. 2013;70(1 Suppl):141S-158S. doi:10.1177/1077558712461952.Med Care Res Rev PubMed

48. McCullough LB. The professional medical ethics model of decision making under conditions of clinical uncertainty. PubMed
49. 2009;87(2):368–390.Milbank Q49. Satterfield JM, Spring B, Brownson RC, et al. Toward a Transdisciplinary Model of Evidence-Based Practice. PubMed
50. 2015;25(3):276-282. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2015.02.002.Womens Health Issues50. Moore JE, Titler MG, Kane Low L, Dalton VK, Sampselle CM. Transforming Patient-Centered Care: Development of the Evidence Informed Decision Making through Engagement Model. PubMed
51. 1997;44(5):681-692.Soc Sci Med51. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Shared decision-making in the medical encounter: what does it mean? (or it takes at least two to tango). PubMed
52. 2010;80(2):164-172. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2009.10.015.Patient Educ Couns52. Stacey D, Légaré F, Pouliot S, Kryworuchko J, Dunn S. Shared decision making models to inform an interprofessional perspective on decision making: a theory analysis. PubMed
53. 2013;70(1 Suppl):94S-112S. doi:10.1177/1077558712459216.Med Care Res Rev53. Epstein RM, Gramling RE. What is shared in shared decision making? Complex decisions when the evidence is unclear. PubMed
54. 2010;304(8):903-904. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.1208.JAMA54. Kon AA. The shared decision-making continuum. PubMed
55. 2008;30(3):429-444. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9566.2007.01064.x.Sociol Health Illn55. Rapley T. Distributed decision making: the anatomy of decisions-in-action. PubMed
56. 1997;12(6):339-345.J Gen Intern Med56. Braddock CH 3rd, Fihn SD, Levinson W, Jonsen AR, Pearlman RA. How doctors and patients discuss routine clinical decisions. Informed decision making in the outpatient setting. PubMed
57. 1999;282(24):2313-2320.JAMA57. Braddock CH 3rd, Edwards KA, Hasenberg NM, Laidley TL, Levinson W. Informed decision making in outpatient practice: time to get back to basics. PubMed
58. 2009;69(12):1805-1812. doi:10.1016/j.socscimed.2009.09.056.Soc Sci Med58. Smith SK, Dixon A, Trevena L, Nutbeam D, McCaffery KJ. Exploring patient involvement in healthcare decision making across different education and functional health literacy groups.
2006;9(4):321-332. doi:10.1111/j.1369-7625.2006.00404.x.Health Expect. PubMed

59. Towle A, Godolphin W, Grams G, Lamarre A. Putting informed and shared decision making into practice. PubMed
60. 2011;17(4):554-564. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2753.2010.01515.x.J Eval Clin Pract60. Légaré F, Stacey D, Gagnon S, et al. Validating a conceptual model for an interprofessional approach to shared decision making: a mixed methods study. PubMed

 

 

References

1. Hoffmann TC, Montori VM, Del Mar C. The connection between evidence-based medicine and shared decision making. JAMA. 2014;312(13):1295-1296. doi:10.1001/jama.2014.10186. PubMed
2. Stiggelbout AM, Pieterse AH, De Haes JC. Shared decision making: Concepts, evidence, and practice. Patient Educ Couns. 2015;98(10):1172-1179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2015.06.022. PubMed
3. Elwyn G, Frosch D, Thomson R, et al. Shared decision making: a model for clinical practice. J Gen Intern Med. 2012;27(10):1361-1367. doi:10.1007/s11606-012-2077-6. PubMed
4. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Decision-making in the physician-patient encounter: revisiting the shared treatment decision-making model. Soc Sci Med. 1999;49(5):651-661. PubMed
5. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. What is a medical decision? A units. Am J Respir Crit Care Med. 2011;183(7):915-921. doi:10.1164/rccm.201008-1214OC. PubMed
22. Müller-Engelmann M, Keller H, Donner-Banzhoff N, Krones T. Shared decision making in medicine: The influence of situational treatment factors. Patient Educ Couns. 2011;82(2):240-246. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2010.04.028. PubMed
23. Whitney SN. A New Model of Medical Decisions: Exploring the Limits of Shared Decision Making. Med Decis Making. 2003;23(4):275-280. doi:10.1177/0272989X03256006. PubMed
24. Légaré F, Bekker H, Desroches S, et al. How can continuing professional development better promote shared decision-making? Perspectives from an international collaboration. Implement Sci. 2011;6:68. doi:10.1186/1748-5908-6-68. PubMed
25. Makoul G, Clayman ML. An integrative model of shared decision making in medical encounters. Patient Educ Couns. 2006;60(3):301-312. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2005.06.010. PubMed
26. Moumjid N, Gafni A, Brémond A, Carrère MO. Shared decision making in the medical taxonomy based on physician statements in hospital encounters: a qualitative study. BMJ Open. 2016;6(2):e010098. doi:10.1136/bmjopen-2015-010098. PubMed
6. Fowler FJ, Levin CA, Sepucha KR. Informing and involving patients to improve the quality of medical decisions. Health Aff (Millwood). 2011;30(4):699-706. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0003. PubMed
7. Weiner SJ, Kelly B, Ashley N, et al. Content coding for contextualization of care: evaluating physician performance at patient-centered decision making. Med Decis Making. 2014;34(1):97-106. doi:10.1177/0272989X13493146. PubMed
8. Weiner SJ, Schwartz A, Sharma G, et al. Patient-centered decision making and health care outcomes: an observational study. Ann Intern Med. 2013;158(8):573-579. doi:10.7326/0003-4819-158-8-201304160-00001. PubMed
9. Matthias MS, Salyers MP, Frankel RM. Re-thinking shared decision-making: context matters. Patient Educ Couns. 2013;91(2):176-179. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2013.01.006 PubMed
10. Clayman ML, Bylund CL, Chewning B, Makoul G. The Impact of Patient Participation in Health Decisions Within Medical Encounters: A Systematic Review. Med Decis Making. 2016;36(4):427-452. doi:10.1177/0272989X15613530. PubMed
11. Shay LA, Lafata JE. Understanding patient perceptions of shared decision making. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;96(3):295-301. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.017. PubMed
12. Chewning B, Bylund CL, Shah B, Arora NK, Gueguen JA, Makoul G. Patient preferences for shared decisions: a systematic review. Patient Educ Couns. 2012;86(1):9-18. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.02.004. PubMed
13. Butterworth JE, Campbell JL. Older patients and their GPs: shared decision making in enhancing trust. Br J Gen Pract. 2014;64(628):e709-e718. doi:10.3399/bjgp14X682297. PubMed
14. Joosten EA, DeFuentes-Merillas L, de Weert GH, Sensky T, van der Staak CP, de Jong CA. Systematic review of the effects of shared decision-making on patient satisfaction, treatment adherence and health status. Psychother Psychosom. 2008;77(4):219-226. doi:10.1159/000126073. PubMed
15. Stacey D, Légaré F, Col NF, et al. Decision aids for people facing health treatment or screening decisions. Cochrane Database Syst Rev. 2014;1:CD001431. doi:10.1002/14651858.CD001431.pub4. PubMed
16. Weingart SN, Zhu J, Chiappetta L, et al. Hospitalized patients’ participation and its impact on quality of care and patient safety. Int J Qual Health Care. 2011;23(3):269-277. doi:10.1093/intqhc/mzr002. PubMed
17. Mohammed K, Nolan MB, Rajjo T, et al. Creating a Patient-Centered Health Care Delivery System: A Systematic Review of Health Care Quality From the Patient Perspective. Am J Med Qual. 2014;31(1):12-21. doi:10.1177/1062860614545124. PubMed
18. Berger Z, Flickinger TE, Pfoh E, Martinez KA, Dy SM. Promoting engagement by patients and families to reduce adverse events in acute care settings: a systematic review. BMJ Qual Saf. 2014;23(7):548-555. doi:10.1136/bmjqs-2012-001769. PubMed
19. Légaré F, Ratté S, Gravel K, Graham ID. Barriers and facilitators to implementing shared decision-making in clinical practice: update of a systematic review of health professionals’ perceptions. Patient Educ Couns. 2008;73(3):526-535. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2008.07.018. PubMed
20. Frosch DL, May SG, Rendle KAS, Tietbohl C, Elwyn G. Authoritarian physicians and patients’ fear of being labeled “difficult” among key obstacles to shared decision making. Health Aff (Millwood). 2012;31(5):1030-1038. doi:10.1377/hlthaff.2011.0576. PubMed
21. Johnson SK, Bautista CA, Hong SY, Weissfeld L, White DB. An empirical study of surrogates’ preferred level of control over value-laden life support decisions in intensive care encounter: are we all talking about the same thing? Med Decis Making. 2007;27(5):539-546. doi:10.1177/0272989X07306779. PubMed
27. Hallström I, Elander G. Decision-making during hospitalization: parents’ and children’s involvement. J Clin Nurs. 2004;13(3):367-375. PubMed
28. Ofstad EH, Frich JC, Schei E, Frankel RM, Gulbrandsen P. Temporal characteristics of decisions in hospital encounters: a threshold for shared decision making? A qualitative study. Patient Educ Couns. 2014;97(2):216-222. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.08.005. PubMed
29. Baumeister RF, Leary MR. Writing narrative literature reviews. Rev Gen Psychol. 1997;1(3):311. 
30. Moody DL. Theoretical and practical issues in evaluating the quality of conceptual models: current state and future directions. Data Knowl Eng. 2005;55(3):243-276. doi:10.1016/j.datak.2004.12.005. 
31. McLeroy KR, Bibeau D, Steckler A, Glanz K. An ecological perspective on health promotion programs. Health Educ Q. 1988;15(4):351-377. PubMed
32. Basics of Qualitative Research | SAGE Publications Inc. https://us.sagepub.com/en-us/nam/basics-of-qualitative-research/book235578. Accessed on September 13, 2016. PubMed

 

 

33. 2013;2(4):421-433. doi:10.2217/cer.13.46.J Comp Eff Res33. Halley MC, Rendle KA, Frosch DL. A conceptual model of the multiple stages of communication necessary to support patient-centered care. PubMed
34. 2012;87(1):54-61. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2011.07.027.Patient Educ Couns34. Torke AM, Petronio S, Sachs GA, Helft PR, Purnell C. A conceptual model of the role of communication in surrogate decision making for hospitalized adults. PubMed
35. 2009;15(6):1142-1151. doi:10.1111/j.1365-2753.2009.01315.x.J Eval Clin Pract35. Falzer PR, Garman MD. A conditional model of evidence-based decision making: Model of evidence-based decision making. PubMed
36. 2012;8(4):161-164. doi:10.1097/PTS.0b013e318267c56e.J Patient Saf36. Holzmueller CG, Wu AW, Pronovost PJ. A framework for encouraging patient engagement in medical decision making. PubMed
37. 2014;97(2):158-164. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2014.07.027.Patient Educ Couns37. Elwyn G, Lloyd A, May C, et al. Collaborative deliberation: a model for patient care. PubMed
38. 2002;35(5-6):313-321. doi:10.1016/S1532-0464(03)00037-6.J Biomed Inform38. Ruland CM, Bakken S. Developing, implementing, and evaluating decision support systems for shared decision making in patient care: a conceptual model and case illustration. PubMed
39. 1999;319(7212):764.BMJ39. Shepperd S, Charnock D, Gann B. Helping patients access high quality health information. PubMed
40. 2011;25(1):18-25. doi:10.3109/13561820.2010.490502.J Interprof Care40. Légaré F, Stacey D, Pouliot S, et al. Interprofessionalism and shared decision-making in primary care: a stepwise approach towards a new model. PubMed
41. 2015;25(1):141-152. doi:10.1007/s10926-014-9532-7.J Occup Rehabil41. Coutu MF, Légaré F, Durand MJ, et al. Operationalizing a Shared Decision Making Model for Work Rehabilitation Programs: A Consensus Process. PubMed
42. 2013;13:231.BMC Health Serv Res42. Hölzel LP, Kriston L, Härter M. Patient preference for involvement, experienced involvement, decisional conflict, and satisfaction with physician: a structural equation model test. PubMed
43. 2008;134(4):835-843. doi:10.1378/chest.08-0235.Chest43. Curtis JR, White DB. Practical guidance for evidence-based ICU family conferences. PubMed
44. 2013;8:29-36. doi:10.4137/IMI.S12783.Integr Med Insights44. Brooks AT, Silverman L, Wallen G. Shared Decision Making: A Fundamental Tenet in a Conceptual Framework of Integrative Healthcare Delivery. PubMed
45. 2013;33(1):37-47. doi:10.1177/0272989X12458159.Med Decis Making45. Müller-Engelmann M, Donner-Banzhoff N, Keller H, et al. When decisions should be shared: a study of social norms in medical decision making using a factorial survey approach. PubMed
46. 2007;101(4):205-211.Z Arztl Fortbild Qualitatssich46. Mccaffery KJ, Shepherd HL, Trevena L, et al. Shared decision-making in Australia. PubMed
47. 2014;20(2):311-318. doi:10.1007/s12028-013-9922-2.Neurocrit Care

47. Rubin MA. The Collaborative Autonomy Model of Medical Decision-Making. 48. 2013;70(1 Suppl):141S-158S. doi:10.1177/1077558712461952.Med Care Res Rev PubMed

48. McCullough LB. The professional medical ethics model of decision making under conditions of clinical uncertainty. PubMed
49. 2009;87(2):368–390.Milbank Q49. Satterfield JM, Spring B, Brownson RC, et al. Toward a Transdisciplinary Model of Evidence-Based Practice. PubMed
50. 2015;25(3):276-282. doi:10.1016/j.whi.2015.02.002.Womens Health Issues50. Moore JE, Titler MG, Kane Low L, Dalton VK, Sampselle CM. Transforming Patient-Centered Care: Development of the Evidence Informed Decision Making through Engagement Model. PubMed
51. 1997;44(5):681-692.Soc Sci Med51. Charles C, Gafni A, Whelan T. Shared decision-making in the medical encounter: what does it mean? (or it takes at least two to tango). PubMed
52. 2010;80(2):164-172. doi:10.1016/j.pec.2009.10.015.Patient Educ Couns52. Stacey D, Légaré F, Pouliot S, Kryworuchko J, Dunn S. Shared decision making models to inform an interprofessional perspective on decision making: a theory analysis. PubMed
53. 2013;70(1 Suppl):94S-112S. doi:10.1177/1077558712459216.Med Care Res Rev53. Epstein RM, Gramling RE. What is shared in shared decision making? Complex decisions when the evidence is unclear. PubMed
54. 2010;304(8):903-904. doi:10.1001/jama.2010.1208.JAMA54. Kon AA. The shared decision-making continuum. PubMed
55. 2008;30(3):429-444. doi:10.1111/j.1467-9566.2007.01064.x.Sociol Health Illn55. Rapley T. Distributed decision making: the anatomy of decisions-in-action. PubMed
56. 1997;12(6):339-345.J Gen Intern Med56. Braddock CH 3rd, Fihn SD, Levinson W, Jonsen AR, Pearlman RA. How doctors and patients discuss routine clinical decisions. Informed decision making in the outpatient setting. PubMed
57. 1999;282(24):2313-2320.JAMA57. Braddock CH 3rd, Edwards KA, Hasenberg NM, Laidley TL, Levinson W. Informed decision making in outpatient practice: time to get back to basics. PubMed
58. 2009;69(12):1805-1812. doi:10.1016/j.socscimed.2009.09.056.Soc Sci Med58. Smith SK, Dixon A, Trevena L, Nutbeam D, McCaffery KJ. Exploring patient involvement in healthcare decision making across different education and functional health literacy groups.
2006;9(4):321-332. doi:10.1111/j.1369-7625.2006.00404.x.Health Expect. PubMed

59. Towle A, Godolphin W, Grams G, Lamarre A. Putting informed and shared decision making into practice. PubMed
60. 2011;17(4):554-564. doi: 10.1111/j.1365-2753.2010.01515.x.J Eval Clin Pract60. Légaré F, Stacey D, Gagnon S, et al. Validating a conceptual model for an interprofessional approach to shared decision making: a mixed methods study. PubMed

 

 

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
1001-1008. Published online first October 18, 2017
Page Number
1001-1008. Published online first October 18, 2017
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Jason Satterfield, PhD, Department of Medicine, University of California, San Francisco, 1701 Divisadero Street, Suite 500, San Francisco, CA, 94115; Telephone: 415-353-2104; Fax: 415-353-7901; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Open Access (article Unlocked/Open Access)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Use ProPublica
Article PDF Media

Inpatient Management of Diabetic Foot Infections: A Review of the Guidelines for Hospitalists

Article Type
Changed
Sat, 12/16/2017 - 20:44

Diabetic foot infection (DFI) is a common result of diabetes and represents the most frequent complication requiring hospitalization and lower extremity amputation.1,2 Hospital discharges related to diabetic lower extremity ulcers increased from 72,000 in 1988 to 113,000 in 2007,3 and admissions related to infection rose 30% between 2005 and 2010.2 Ulceration and amputation are associated with a 40% to 50% 5-year mortality rate.4,5

Aggressive risk-factor management and interprofessional care can significantly reduce major amputations and mortality.6-13 Consistent and high-quality care for patients admitted with DFI is essential for optimizing outcomes; however, management varies widely, and critical assessment and prevention measures are often not employed by providers.14 This review synthesizes recommendations from existing guidelines to provide an overview of the best practices for the diagnosis, management, and discharge of DFI in the hospital setting (Supplementary Table 1, Supplementary Figure).

DETECTION AND STAGING OF INFECTION

The first step in the management of a DFI is a careful assessment of the presence and depth of infection.15 The Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines recommend using at least 2 signs of classic inflammation (erythema, warmth, swelling, tenderness, or pain) or purulent drainage to diagnose soft tissue infection.1,15,16 Patients with ischemia may present atypically, with nonpurulent secretions, friable or discolored granulation tissue, undermining of wound edges, and foul odor. 1,15,16 Additional risk factors for DFI include ulceration for more than 30 days, recurrent foot ulcers, a traumatic foot wound, severe peripheral arterial disease (PAD) in the affected limb (ankle brachial index [ABI] <0.4), prior lower extremity amputation, loss of protective sensation, end-stage renal disease, and a history of walking barefoot.15,17,18

Appropriate classification of wound severity is critical in determining the need for hospitalization, antibiotic selection, surgical intervention, and prognosis. Multiple staging systems that incorporate physical examination findings, markers of systemic inflammation, and ischemia15,19,20 have been proposed. The Perfusion, Extent, Depth, Infection, and Sensation (PEDIS) grade was developed as a research tool and incorporates infection, ischemia, neuropathy, wound size, and systemic inflammation.15 The International Working Group on the Diabetic Foot (IWGDF) and the IDSA recommend use of the full or simplified PEDIS score in clinical practice (the IWGDF/IDSA Classification, Table 1) because these classifications predicted hospitalization and lower extremity amputation in prospective studies, with amputation rates of 3% for uninfected ulcers and up to 70% for severe infection.1,15 Patients with PEDIS grade 4 infections also have an increased mean length of stay compared with patients with grade 3 infections.21,22

CRITERIA FOR HOSPITALIZATION

In practice, the decision to admit is based on clinical and systems-based drivers (Supplementary Table 2). The IDSA and IWGDF guidelines recommend hospitalization for patients with severe (PEDIS grade 4) infection, moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infection with certain complications (eg, severe PAD or lack of home support), an inability to comply with required outpatient treatment, lack of improvement with outpatient therapy, or presence of metabolic or hemodynamic instability.1,15 Clinicians must also consider the need for surgical debridement or complex antibiotic choices due to allergies and comorbidities. Hospitalists may also consider admission in cases in which outpatient follow-up cannot be easily arranged (eg, uninsured patients).

Outpatient management may be appropriate for patients with mild infections who are willing to be reassessed within 72 hours, or sooner if the infection worsens.23 For patients with moderate infections (eg, osteomyelitis without systemic signs of infection), access to an outpatient interprofessional DFI care team can potentially decrease the need for admission.

DIAGNOSIS OF OSTEOMYELITIS

Clinical features that raise suspicion for osteomyelitis include ulceration for at least 6 weeks with appropriate wound care and offloading, wound extension to the bone or joint, exposed bone, ulcers larger than 2 cm2, previous history of a wound, multiple wounds, and appearance of a sausage digit.15

The gold standard for diagnosis of osteomyelitis is a bone biopsy with histology. In the absence of histology, physicians rely on physical examination, inflammatory markers, and imaging to make the diagnosis. The presence of visible, chronically exposed bone within a forefoot ulcer is diagnostic. The accuracy of a probe to bone test depends on the pretest probability of osteomyelitis. Sensitivity and specificity range from 60% to 87% and from 85% to 91%, respectively.24 For patients with a single forefoot ulcer and PEDIS grade 2 or 3 infection, considering both ulcer depth and serum inflammatory markers (ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or C-reactive protein greater than 3.2 mg/dL; ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or erythrocyte sedimentation rate greater than 60 mm/h) increases sensitivity to 100%, although the specificity is relatively low (55% and 60%, respectively).25 When the diagnosis remains uncertain by physical examination, imaging is necessary for further evaluation.

ROLE OF IMAGING

All patients with DFI should have plain radiographs to look for foot deformities, soft tissue gas, foreign bodies, and osteomyelitis. If plain radiographs show classic evidence of osteomyelitis, (ie, cortical erosion, periosteal reaction, mixed lucency, and sclerosis in the absence of neuro-osteoarthropathy), advanced imaging is not necessary. However, these changes may not appear on plain films for up to 1 month after infection onset.15,26

The purpose of advanced imaging in the inpatient management of DFI is to detect conditions not obvious by physical examination or by plain radiographs that would alter surgical management (ie, deep abscess or necrotic bone) or antibiotic duration (ie, osteomyelitis or tenosynovitis).15 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the diagnostic modality of choice when the wound does not probe to bone and the diagnosis remains uncertain27 due to its accuracy and availability.1,15 However, MRI cannot always distinguish between infection and neuro-osteoarthropathy, especially in patients who have infection superimposed on a Charcot foot, have had recent surgical intervention, or have osteosynthesis material at the infection site.24 If MRI is contraindicated, guidelines vary on the next recommended test. The IDSA and the Society for Vascular Surgery recommend a labeled white blood cell scan combined with a bone scan, whereas the IWGDF recommends a labeled leukocyte scan, a single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT/CT), or a fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography (FDG PET) scan.1,15,19 A recent comparison of a labeled white blood cell SPECT/CT versus MRI (using histology as the gold standard) reported that SPECT/CT had a similar sensitivity (89% versus 87%, respectively) and specificity (35% versus 37%, respectively) to MRI.28 In practice, physicians should consider which studies are readily available and confidently interpreted by radiologists at their institution.

ASSESSMENT OF ULCER ETIOLOGY

After infection is diagnosed and staged, clinicians should determine the underlying derangement in order to prevent recurrence after discharge. Common derangements leading to ulceration in diabetics include PAD, neuropathy, muscular tension, altered foot mechanics, trauma, or a combination of the above.1,15,29-31 All patients with DFI should undergo pedal perfusion assessment by an ABI, ankle and pedal Doppler arterial waveforms, and either toe brachial index (TBI) or transcutaneous oxygen pressure.1,15,19 In cases of suspected calcification, TBI is a more reliable measure of ischemia compared with the ABI.16,19 For patients with signs and symptoms of ischemia and an abnormal ABI or TBI measurement (ABI <0.9 and TBI <0.7), a nonurgent consultation with a vascular surgeon is recommended, while patients with severe ischemia (ABI <0.4) usually require urgent revascularization.15,32

A sensory examination with a Semmes-Weinstein monofilament should be conducted to identify patients with loss of protective sensation who may benefit from offloading devices and custom orthotics.15 Foot anatomy and mechanics as well as potential Achilles tendon contractures should be evaluated by a foot specialist such as a podiatrist, orthotist, orthopedist, or vascular surgeon, especially if debridement or amputation is being contemplated.

OBTAINING CULTURES

After diagnosing the infection clinically, appropriately obtained cultures are essential to guide therapy in all except mild cases with no prior antibiotic exposure or MRSA risk.1,15 Guidelines strongly recommend that specimens be obtained by biopsy or curettage from deep tissue at the base of the ulcer after the wound has been cleansed and debrided and prior to initiating antibiotics.1,15,33 Aspiration of purulent secretions using a sterile needle and syringe is another acceptable culturing method.15 While convenient, swab cultures are prone to both false-positive and false-negative results.34 Repeat cultures are only needed for patients who are not responding to treatment or for surveillance of resistant organisms.1

In cases of osteomyelitis, bone specimens should be sent for culture and histology either during surgical debridement or a bone biopsy. At the time of debridement, cultures and pathology should be sent from the proximal (clean) bone margin in order to document whether there is residual osteomyelitis postdebridement.35 For patients not planned for debridement, a bone biopsy is recommended if the diagnosis of osteomyelitis is unclear, response to empiric therapy is poor, broad-spectrum antibiotics are being considered, or the infection is in the midfoot or hindfoot.1,15,19 Results from soft tissue or sinus tract specimens should not be used to guide antibiotic selection in osteomyelitis, as several studies suggest that they do not correlate with bone culture results; one retrospective review found a mere 22.5% correlation between wound swabs and bone biopsy.1,36 A 2-week antibiotic-free period prior to biopsy is recommended in order to minimize the risk of false-negative results but must be balanced with the risk of worsening infection.1,15 If possible, the biopsy should be performed through uninfected tissue under fluoroscopy or CT guidance, with 2 to 3 cores obtained for culture and histology.1,15

INTERPROFESSIONAL INPATIENT CARE

A growing number of health systems have created inpatient and/or outpatient interprofessional diabetic foot care teams, and several studies demonstrated an association between these teams and a reduction in major amputations.7-11,13 The goal of the inpatient team is to rapidly triage patients with moderate to severe infections, expedite surgical interventions and culture collection, establish an effective treatment plan, and ensure adherence postdischarge to optimize outcomes. The common core of most teams includes podiatry, endocrinology, wound care, and vascular surgery, but team composition may vary based on the availability of local specialists with interest and expertise in DFI.9,10,33

The division of consultation between podiatry and orthopedic surgery is highly dependent upon individual practice patterns and hospital structure. In general, forefoot ulcers may be managed by podiatry or orthopedic surgery, while severe Charcot deformities are most often treated by orthopedic surgeons. Wound care nurses are often integral to successful wound healing, collaborating across specialties and serving as a weekly or biweekly point of contact for patients.

Early involvement of Infectious Disease (ID) specialists can be useful for guiding antibiotic choices and facilitating follow-up. ID should be involved with patients who require long-term antibiotic therapy (ie, cases of deep-tissue infection that are not completely amputated or debrided), have failed outpatient or empiric therapy, have antibiotic allergies or drug-resistant pathogens, or are being considered for outpatient parenteral antibiotic therapy.

ANTIBIOTIC THERAPY

Empiric antibiotic therapy should be based on infection severity and the likely causative agent (Figure). Mild cases are managed with oral agents that target Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus species such as cephalexin or clindamycin.1,15 Antibiotics for moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infections can be oral or parenteral (eg, ampicillin-sulbactam or ertapenem) and should include coverage for the above pathogens in addition to Enterobacteriaciae and anaerobes.1,15 Empiric anti-MRSA coverage is optional in mild to moderate infections and should be reserved for patients with known risk factors, such as prior colonization, recent hospitalization, residence in a chronic care facility, previous amputation, or a high local prevalence of MRSA (50% MRSA prevalence for mild infections or 30% prevalence for moderate infections). 1,15Fluoroquinolones are no longer effective against S. aureus in most of the United States and should not be used as monotherapy if MRSA is suspected.37,38 A recent retrospective observational study found that ceftaroline fosamil treatment of DFI was associated with an 81% success rate, including for patients with comorbidities, MRSA, mixed infections, or surgical intervention, but it has not yet been studied in a comparative trial.39 Antipseudomonal therapy is not necessary in most moderate cases and should be reserved for patients who have severe infections (PEDIS grade 4) or specific risk-factors for Pseudomonas.1,15 Severe infections, gangrenous wounds, or necrotizing infections require parenteral agents to cover MRSA (ie, vancomycin or daptomycin), Pseudomonas (ie, cefepime or piperacillin-tazobactam), and anaerobes. 1,15 Anaerobic coverage must be added to cefepime but is not necessary with piperacillin-tazobactam or meropenem.40 Definitive therapy should be based on culture results, sensitivity testing, and the patient’s clinical response to the empiric regimen.15

The duration of antibiotic treatment for DFI is based on the severity of infection and response to treatment (Supplementary Table 3). Treatment should continue until the signs and symptoms of infection resolve, but there is no strong evidence to support treatment through complete healing. Healing will usually occur in 1 to 2 weeks for mild infections and in 2 to 3 weeks for moderate or severe infections. However, prescribing antibiotics for a fixed duration is not recommended and can result in an inadequate or unnecessarily prolonged course, with the potential for increased costs, adverse events, and antibiotic resistance.1,15,16 Therapy may be shortened by debridement, resection, or amputation, or lengthened in patients who are immunocompromised; have deep, large, necrotic, or poorly perfused wounds; do not undergo resection; or have an implanted foreign body at the infection site.1 If the patient does not improve despite targeted antibiotic treatment, providers should assess the need to revascularize, repeat debridement for new cultures, resect any progression of infection, or modify the antibiotic regimen to maximize tissue penetration and minimize drug interactions.1

Traditional management of diabetic foot osteomyelitis has relied almost exclusively on resection of all infected bone. However, data have emerged over the last 10 years to support initial medical management of select patients. Further research regarding the optimal treatment regimen and duration is ongoing, with 1 recent, randomized control trial comparing 6 versus 12 weeks of antibiotics for patients treated medically for osteomyelitis finding no difference in remission rates.1,41 Patients managed surgically for osteomyelitis are often treated parenterally for at least 4 weeks, but this practice is not based on strong evidence, and guidelines suggest most patients could be switched to highly bioavailable oral agents after a shorter course of intravenous therapy.1,15 Guidelines recommend 2 to 5 days of antibiotics after complete resection of infected bone and soft tissue (Supplementary Table 3). If the infected soft tissue remains, 1 to 3 weeks of therapy is usually sufficient, while 4 to 6 weeks is often needed if there is residually infected but viable bone.15

SURGICAL MANAGEMENT

Inpatient providers should be familiar with the indications for surgery in DFI patients in order to effectively utilize surgical consultants and ensure critical procedures are completed prior to discharge. Surgical consultation, preferably with a surgeon skilled in foot preservation, is recommended for patients with moderate or severe infections.1,15,33 Surgical indications include abscess, necrosis, compartment syndrome, refractory sepsis despite antibiotics, and extensive bone or joint destruction underlying the open wound, as well as other conditions listed in Table 2. While debridement often aids wound healing, it should be avoided in cases with dry eschar, especially when ischemia is present, as the infection will usually resolve with autoamputation.1,42,43

In patients with osteomyelitis, the decision between medical and surgical management is complex. Absolute indications for surgical resection include systemic toxicity with associated tissue infection, an open or infected joint space, and patients with prosthetic heart valves.27 However, the need for surgery is unclear beyond these absolute indications, and approximately two-thirds of osteomyelitis cases may be arrested or cured with antibiotic therapy alone.1 A prospective randomized comparative trial of patients with diabetic foot osteomyelitis found that patients treated with 90 days of antibiotics had similar healing rates, times to healing, and short-term complications as compared with those who underwent conservative bone resection.44 While further research is needed to determine which types of patients with osteomyelitis may be successfully treated without surgery, the IWGDF, the IDSA, and osteomyelitis experts have offered guidance on this decision (Table 2).1,15,27 If resection is necessary, hospitalists should request at least 4 specimens to help guide postoperative antibiotic therapy (1 sample for histology and 1 for microbiology, at both the grossly abnormal bone and the bone margin), as negative margin cultures predict a lower relapse risk for infection.1,35

Every effort should be made to preserve the limb, and urgent amputation is rarely needed except in cases with extensive necrosis or life-threatening infection. Elective amputation may be considered for patients who have recurrent ulceration or irreversible loss of foot function or who would require an excessively prolonged or intensive hospital stay.15 All patients with plantar ulcers that are unresponsive to conservative management and limited ankle dorsiflexion should be evaluated for pressure-relieving surgeries, such as Achilles lengthening and gastrocnemius recession.45,46 Studies suggest that pressure-relieving surgeries can increase rates of ulcer healing from 88% to 100% when added to total contact casting.47

CRITERIA FOR DISCHARGE

Guidelines suggest that patients be clinically stable before discharge, complete any urgent surgery, achieve acceptable glycemic control, and be presented with a comprehensive outpatient plan, including antibiotic therapy, offloading, wound care instructions, and outpatient follow-up (Supplementary Table 4). Physicians must consider patient and family preferences, expected adherence to therapy, availability of home support, and payer and cost issues when creating the discharge plan.15

INTERPROFESSIONAL OUTPATIENT CARE

An effective outpatient care team is critical to ensure wound healing and infection resolution. Efforts should be made to discharge patients to a comprehensive outpatient interprofessional foot care team, with a plan that includes professional foot care, patient education, and adequate footwear.48 Team composition varies but often includes representatives from vascular surgery, podiatry, orthotics, wound care, endocrinology, orthopedics, physical therapy and rehabilitation, infectious disease, and dermatology.11-13Interprofessional outpatient clinics can ease the burden of transportation and shorten the time to needed interventions in the case of treatment failure. Follow-up appointments within 1 to 2 weeks postdischarge have been found to reduce the risk of readmission in other high-risk conditions, and this is a reasonable time frame for DFI as well.49

CONCLUSION

DFIs are a common cause of morbidity in patients with diabetes and result in significant costs to the US healthcare system. Hospitalized patients with a DFI require appropriate classification of wound severity and assessment of vascular status, protective sensation, and potential osteomyelitis. Inpatient management of these patients includes obtaining necessary cultures, choosing an antibiotic regimen based on infection severity and the likely causative agent, and evaluating the need for surgical intervention. Prior to discharge, providers should determine a comprehensive follow-up plan and ensure patient engagement. Finally, interprofessional management has been shown to improve outcomes in DFI and should be adopted in both the inpatient and outpatient settings.

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest.

References

1. Lipsky BA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Diggle M, et al. IWGDF guidance on the diagnosis and management of foot infections in persons with diabetes. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2016;32 Suppl 1:45-74. PubMed
2. Hicks CW, Selvarajah S, Mathioudakis N, et al. Burden of infected diabetic foot ulcers on hospital admissions and costs. Ann Vasc Surg. 2016;33:149-158. PubMed
3. Number (in thousands) of hospital discharges with peripheral arterial disease (PAD), ulcer/inflammation/infection (ULCER), or neuropathy as first-listed diagnosis and diabetes as any-listed diagnosis United States, 1988-2007. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/hosplea/diabetes_complications/fig1_number.htm. Updated 2014. Accessed September 23, 2016.
4. Wilbek TE, Jansen RB, Jørgensen B, Svendsen OL. The diabetic foot in a multidisciplinary team setting. Number of amputations below ankle level and mortality. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2016;124(9):535-540. PubMed
5. Jupiter DC, Thorud JC, Buckley CJ, Shibuya N. The impact of foot ulceration and amputation on mortality in diabetic patients. I: From ulceration to death, a systematic review. Int Wound J. 2016;13(5):892-903. PubMed
6. Young MJ, McCardle JE, Randall LE, Barclay JI. Improved survival of diabetic foot ulcer patients 1995-2008: Possible impact of aggressive cardiovascular risk management. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(11):2143-2147PubMed
7. Troisi N, Baggiore C, Landini G, Michelagnoli S. How daily practice changed in an urban area after establishing a multidisciplinary diabetic foot program. J Diabetes. 2016;8(4):594-595. PubMed
8. Wang C, Mai L, Yang C, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team in patient with diabetes foot ulcer. BMC Endocr Disord. 2016;16(1):38. PubMed
9. Rubio JA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Jiménez S, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team for the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2014;13(1):22-26. PubMed
10. Yesil S, Akinci B, Bayraktar F, et al. Reduction of major amputations after starting a multidisciplinary diabetic foot care team: Single centre experience from Turkey. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2009;117(7):345-349. PubMed
11. Dargis V, Pantelejeva O, Jonushaite A, Vileikyte L, Boulton AJ. Benefits of a multidisciplinary approach in the management of recurrent diabetic foot ulceration in Lithuania: A prospective study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(9):1428-1431. PubMed
12. Driver VR, Goodman RA, Fabbi M, French MA, Andersen CA. The impact of a podiatric lead limb preservation team on disease outcomes and risk prediction in the diabetic lower extremity: a retrospective cohort study. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(4):235-241. PubMed
13. Hamonet J, Verdié-Kessler C, Daviet JC, et al. Evaluation of a multidisciplinary consultation of diabetic foot. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2010;53(5):306-318. PubMed
14. Prompers L, Huijberts M, Apelqvist J, et al. Delivery of care to diabetic patients with foot ulcers in daily practice: Results of the Eurodiale study, a prospective cohort study. Diabet Med. 2008;25(6):700-707. PubMed
15. Lipsky BA, Berendt AR, Cornia PB, et al. 2012 Infectious Diseases Society of America clinical practice guideline for the diagnosis and treatment of diabetic foot infections. Clin Infect Dis. 2012;54(12):e132-e173. PubMed
16. Noor S, Khan RU, Ahmad J. Understanding diabetic foot infection and its management. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2016;11(2):149-156. PubMed
17. Hill MN, Feldman HI, Hilton SC, Holechek MJ, Ylitalo M, Benedict GW. Risk of foot complications in long-term diabetic patients with and without ESRD: A preliminary study. ANNA J. 1996;23(4):381-386; discussion 387-388. PubMed
18. Mohler ER, III. Peripheral arterial disease: Identification and implications. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(19):2306-2314PubMed
19. Hingorani A, LaMuraglia GM, Henke P, et al. The management of diabetic foot: A clinical practice guideline by the Society for Vascular Surgery in collaboration with the American Podiatric Medical Association and the Society for Vascular Medicine. J Vasc Surg. 2016;63(2 Suppl):3S-21S. PubMed
20. Noor S, Zubair M, Ahmad J. Diabetic foot ulcer--A review on pathophysiology, classification and microbial etiology. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;9(3):192-199. PubMed
21. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Brooks MM. Severity of diabetic foot infection and rate of limb salvage. Foot Ankle Int. 2013;34(3):351-358. PubMed
22. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Raspovic KM, Rosario BL. SIRS is valid in discriminating between severe and moderate diabetic foot infections. Diabetes Care. 2013;36(11):3706-3711PubMed
23. Grigoropoulou P, Eleftheriadou I, Jude EB, Tentolouris N. Diabetic foot infections: An update in diagnosis and management. Curr Diab Rep. 2017;17(1):3. PubMed
24. Glaudemans AW, Uçkay I, Lipsky BA. Challenges in diagnosing infection in the diabetic foot. Diabet Med. 2015;32(6):748-759. PubMed
25. Fleischer AE, Didyk AA, Woods JB, Burns SE, Wrobel JS, Armstrong DG. Combined clinical and laboratory testing improves diagnostic accuracy for osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(1):39-46. PubMed
26. Jeffcoate WJ, Lipsky BA. Controversies in diagnosing and managing osteomyelitis of the foot in diabetes. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39 Suppl 2:S115-S122. PubMed
27. Allahabadi S, Haroun KB, Musher DM, Lipsky BA, Barshes NR. Consensus on surgical aspects of managing osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2016;7:30079. PubMed
28. La Fontaine J, Bhavan K, Lam K, et al. Comparison between Tc-99m WBC SPECT/CT and MRI for the diagnosis of biopsy-proven diabetic foot osteomyelitis. Wounds. 2016;28(8):271-278. PubMed
29. Bembi V, Singh S, Singh P, Aneja GK, Arya TV, Arora R. Prevalence of peripheral arterial disease in a cohort of diabetic patients. South Med J. 2006;99(6):564-569. PubMed
30. Marso SP, Hiatt WR. Peripheral arterial disease in patients with diabetes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47(5):921-929. PubMed
31. Hinchliffe RJ, Andros G, Apelqvist J, et al. A systematic review of the effectiveness of revascularization of the ulcerated foot in patients with diabetes and peripheral arterial disease. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28 Suppl 1:179-217. PubMed
32. Brownrigg JR, Apelqvist J, Bakker K, Schaper NC, Hinchliffe RJ. Evidence-based management of PAD & the diabetic foot. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg. 2013;45(6):673-681. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;13(2):115-122.Ann Fam Med49. Jackson C, Shahsahebi M, Wedlake T, DuBard CA. Timeliness of outpatient follow-up: an evidence-based approach for planning after hospital discharge. PubMed
34. 2016;32 Suppl 1:16-24.Diabetes Metab Res Rev48. Bus SA, van Netten JJ, Lavery LA, et al. IWGDF guidance on the prevention of foot ulcers in at-risk patients with diabetes. PubMed
35. 2003;85-A(8):1436-1445.J Bone Joint Surg Am47. Mueller MJ, Sinacore DR, Hastings MK, Strube MJ, Johnson JE. Effect of Achilles tendon lengthening on neuropathic plantar ulcers. A randomized clinical trial. PubMed
36. 2015;21(2):77-85.Foot Ankle Surg46. Cychosz CC, Phisitkul P, Belatti DA, Glazebrook MA, DiGiovanni CW. Gastrocnemius recession for foot and ankle conditions in adults: Evidence-based recommendations. PubMed
37. 2016;32 Suppl 1:25-36.Diabetes Metab Res Rev45. Bus SA, Armstrong DG, van Deursen RW, et al. IWGDF guidance on footwear and offloading interventions to prevent and heal foot ulcers in patients with diabetes. PubMed
38. 2014;37(3):789-795.Diabetes Care44. Lázaro-Martínez JL, Aragón-Sánchez J, García-Morales E. Antibiotics versus conservative surgery for treating diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A randomized comparative trial. PubMed
39. 1996;183(1):61-64.J Am Coll Surg43. Steed DL, Donohoe D, Webster MW, Lindsley L. Effect of extensive debridement and treatment on the healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetic Ulcer Study Group. PubMed
40. 2002;10(6):354-359.Wound Repair Regen42. Saap LJ, Falanga V. Debridement performance index and its correlation with complete closure of diabetic foot ulcers. PubMed
41. 2015;38(2):302-307.Diabetes Care41. Tone A, Nguyen S, Devemy F, et al. Six-week versus twelve-week antibiotic therapy for nonsurgically treated diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A multicenter open-label controlled randomized study. PubMed
42. 2014;35(10):1229-1235.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol40. Schultz L, Lowe TJ, Srinivasan A, Neilson D, Pugliese G. Economic impact of redundant antimicrobial therapy in US hospitals. PubMed
43. 2015;31(4):395-401.Diabetes Metab Res Rev39. Lipsky BA, Cannon CM, Ramani A, et al. Ceftaroline fosamil for treatment of diabetic foot infections: the CAPTURE study experience. PubMed
2011;55(9):4154-4160.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.38. Richter SS, Heilmann KP, Dohrn CL, et al. Activity of ceftaroline and epidemiologic trends in Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected from 43 medical centers in the United States in 2009. PubMed
44. 2011;52(3):e18-e55.Clin Infect Dis37. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. PubMed
45. 2006;42(1):57-62.Clin Infect Dis36. Senneville E, Melliez H, Beltrand E, et al. Culture of percutaneous bone biopsy specimens for diagnosis of diabetic foot osteomyelitis: Concordance with ulcer swab cultures. PubMed
46. 2012;51(6):749-752.J Foot Ankle Surg35. Atway S, Nerone VS, Springer KD, Woodruff DM. Rate of residual osteomyelitis after partial foot amputation in diabetic patients: A standardized method for evaluating bone margins with intraoperative culture. PubMed
47. 2010;5(7):415-420.J Hosp Med34. Chakraborti C, Le C, Yanofsky A. Sensitivity of superficial cultures in lower extremity wounds. PubMed
48. 2013;36(9):2862-2871.Diabetes Care33. Wukich DK, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al. Inpatient management of diabetic foot disorders: A clinical guide. PubMed

 

Article PDF
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Topics
Page Number
994-1000. Published online first September 20, 2017
Sections
Article PDF
Article PDF

Diabetic foot infection (DFI) is a common result of diabetes and represents the most frequent complication requiring hospitalization and lower extremity amputation.1,2 Hospital discharges related to diabetic lower extremity ulcers increased from 72,000 in 1988 to 113,000 in 2007,3 and admissions related to infection rose 30% between 2005 and 2010.2 Ulceration and amputation are associated with a 40% to 50% 5-year mortality rate.4,5

Aggressive risk-factor management and interprofessional care can significantly reduce major amputations and mortality.6-13 Consistent and high-quality care for patients admitted with DFI is essential for optimizing outcomes; however, management varies widely, and critical assessment and prevention measures are often not employed by providers.14 This review synthesizes recommendations from existing guidelines to provide an overview of the best practices for the diagnosis, management, and discharge of DFI in the hospital setting (Supplementary Table 1, Supplementary Figure).

DETECTION AND STAGING OF INFECTION

The first step in the management of a DFI is a careful assessment of the presence and depth of infection.15 The Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines recommend using at least 2 signs of classic inflammation (erythema, warmth, swelling, tenderness, or pain) or purulent drainage to diagnose soft tissue infection.1,15,16 Patients with ischemia may present atypically, with nonpurulent secretions, friable or discolored granulation tissue, undermining of wound edges, and foul odor. 1,15,16 Additional risk factors for DFI include ulceration for more than 30 days, recurrent foot ulcers, a traumatic foot wound, severe peripheral arterial disease (PAD) in the affected limb (ankle brachial index [ABI] <0.4), prior lower extremity amputation, loss of protective sensation, end-stage renal disease, and a history of walking barefoot.15,17,18

Appropriate classification of wound severity is critical in determining the need for hospitalization, antibiotic selection, surgical intervention, and prognosis. Multiple staging systems that incorporate physical examination findings, markers of systemic inflammation, and ischemia15,19,20 have been proposed. The Perfusion, Extent, Depth, Infection, and Sensation (PEDIS) grade was developed as a research tool and incorporates infection, ischemia, neuropathy, wound size, and systemic inflammation.15 The International Working Group on the Diabetic Foot (IWGDF) and the IDSA recommend use of the full or simplified PEDIS score in clinical practice (the IWGDF/IDSA Classification, Table 1) because these classifications predicted hospitalization and lower extremity amputation in prospective studies, with amputation rates of 3% for uninfected ulcers and up to 70% for severe infection.1,15 Patients with PEDIS grade 4 infections also have an increased mean length of stay compared with patients with grade 3 infections.21,22

CRITERIA FOR HOSPITALIZATION

In practice, the decision to admit is based on clinical and systems-based drivers (Supplementary Table 2). The IDSA and IWGDF guidelines recommend hospitalization for patients with severe (PEDIS grade 4) infection, moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infection with certain complications (eg, severe PAD or lack of home support), an inability to comply with required outpatient treatment, lack of improvement with outpatient therapy, or presence of metabolic or hemodynamic instability.1,15 Clinicians must also consider the need for surgical debridement or complex antibiotic choices due to allergies and comorbidities. Hospitalists may also consider admission in cases in which outpatient follow-up cannot be easily arranged (eg, uninsured patients).

Outpatient management may be appropriate for patients with mild infections who are willing to be reassessed within 72 hours, or sooner if the infection worsens.23 For patients with moderate infections (eg, osteomyelitis without systemic signs of infection), access to an outpatient interprofessional DFI care team can potentially decrease the need for admission.

DIAGNOSIS OF OSTEOMYELITIS

Clinical features that raise suspicion for osteomyelitis include ulceration for at least 6 weeks with appropriate wound care and offloading, wound extension to the bone or joint, exposed bone, ulcers larger than 2 cm2, previous history of a wound, multiple wounds, and appearance of a sausage digit.15

The gold standard for diagnosis of osteomyelitis is a bone biopsy with histology. In the absence of histology, physicians rely on physical examination, inflammatory markers, and imaging to make the diagnosis. The presence of visible, chronically exposed bone within a forefoot ulcer is diagnostic. The accuracy of a probe to bone test depends on the pretest probability of osteomyelitis. Sensitivity and specificity range from 60% to 87% and from 85% to 91%, respectively.24 For patients with a single forefoot ulcer and PEDIS grade 2 or 3 infection, considering both ulcer depth and serum inflammatory markers (ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or C-reactive protein greater than 3.2 mg/dL; ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or erythrocyte sedimentation rate greater than 60 mm/h) increases sensitivity to 100%, although the specificity is relatively low (55% and 60%, respectively).25 When the diagnosis remains uncertain by physical examination, imaging is necessary for further evaluation.

ROLE OF IMAGING

All patients with DFI should have plain radiographs to look for foot deformities, soft tissue gas, foreign bodies, and osteomyelitis. If plain radiographs show classic evidence of osteomyelitis, (ie, cortical erosion, periosteal reaction, mixed lucency, and sclerosis in the absence of neuro-osteoarthropathy), advanced imaging is not necessary. However, these changes may not appear on plain films for up to 1 month after infection onset.15,26

The purpose of advanced imaging in the inpatient management of DFI is to detect conditions not obvious by physical examination or by plain radiographs that would alter surgical management (ie, deep abscess or necrotic bone) or antibiotic duration (ie, osteomyelitis or tenosynovitis).15 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the diagnostic modality of choice when the wound does not probe to bone and the diagnosis remains uncertain27 due to its accuracy and availability.1,15 However, MRI cannot always distinguish between infection and neuro-osteoarthropathy, especially in patients who have infection superimposed on a Charcot foot, have had recent surgical intervention, or have osteosynthesis material at the infection site.24 If MRI is contraindicated, guidelines vary on the next recommended test. The IDSA and the Society for Vascular Surgery recommend a labeled white blood cell scan combined with a bone scan, whereas the IWGDF recommends a labeled leukocyte scan, a single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT/CT), or a fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography (FDG PET) scan.1,15,19 A recent comparison of a labeled white blood cell SPECT/CT versus MRI (using histology as the gold standard) reported that SPECT/CT had a similar sensitivity (89% versus 87%, respectively) and specificity (35% versus 37%, respectively) to MRI.28 In practice, physicians should consider which studies are readily available and confidently interpreted by radiologists at their institution.

ASSESSMENT OF ULCER ETIOLOGY

After infection is diagnosed and staged, clinicians should determine the underlying derangement in order to prevent recurrence after discharge. Common derangements leading to ulceration in diabetics include PAD, neuropathy, muscular tension, altered foot mechanics, trauma, or a combination of the above.1,15,29-31 All patients with DFI should undergo pedal perfusion assessment by an ABI, ankle and pedal Doppler arterial waveforms, and either toe brachial index (TBI) or transcutaneous oxygen pressure.1,15,19 In cases of suspected calcification, TBI is a more reliable measure of ischemia compared with the ABI.16,19 For patients with signs and symptoms of ischemia and an abnormal ABI or TBI measurement (ABI <0.9 and TBI <0.7), a nonurgent consultation with a vascular surgeon is recommended, while patients with severe ischemia (ABI <0.4) usually require urgent revascularization.15,32

A sensory examination with a Semmes-Weinstein monofilament should be conducted to identify patients with loss of protective sensation who may benefit from offloading devices and custom orthotics.15 Foot anatomy and mechanics as well as potential Achilles tendon contractures should be evaluated by a foot specialist such as a podiatrist, orthotist, orthopedist, or vascular surgeon, especially if debridement or amputation is being contemplated.

OBTAINING CULTURES

After diagnosing the infection clinically, appropriately obtained cultures are essential to guide therapy in all except mild cases with no prior antibiotic exposure or MRSA risk.1,15 Guidelines strongly recommend that specimens be obtained by biopsy or curettage from deep tissue at the base of the ulcer after the wound has been cleansed and debrided and prior to initiating antibiotics.1,15,33 Aspiration of purulent secretions using a sterile needle and syringe is another acceptable culturing method.15 While convenient, swab cultures are prone to both false-positive and false-negative results.34 Repeat cultures are only needed for patients who are not responding to treatment or for surveillance of resistant organisms.1

In cases of osteomyelitis, bone specimens should be sent for culture and histology either during surgical debridement or a bone biopsy. At the time of debridement, cultures and pathology should be sent from the proximal (clean) bone margin in order to document whether there is residual osteomyelitis postdebridement.35 For patients not planned for debridement, a bone biopsy is recommended if the diagnosis of osteomyelitis is unclear, response to empiric therapy is poor, broad-spectrum antibiotics are being considered, or the infection is in the midfoot or hindfoot.1,15,19 Results from soft tissue or sinus tract specimens should not be used to guide antibiotic selection in osteomyelitis, as several studies suggest that they do not correlate with bone culture results; one retrospective review found a mere 22.5% correlation between wound swabs and bone biopsy.1,36 A 2-week antibiotic-free period prior to biopsy is recommended in order to minimize the risk of false-negative results but must be balanced with the risk of worsening infection.1,15 If possible, the biopsy should be performed through uninfected tissue under fluoroscopy or CT guidance, with 2 to 3 cores obtained for culture and histology.1,15

INTERPROFESSIONAL INPATIENT CARE

A growing number of health systems have created inpatient and/or outpatient interprofessional diabetic foot care teams, and several studies demonstrated an association between these teams and a reduction in major amputations.7-11,13 The goal of the inpatient team is to rapidly triage patients with moderate to severe infections, expedite surgical interventions and culture collection, establish an effective treatment plan, and ensure adherence postdischarge to optimize outcomes. The common core of most teams includes podiatry, endocrinology, wound care, and vascular surgery, but team composition may vary based on the availability of local specialists with interest and expertise in DFI.9,10,33

The division of consultation between podiatry and orthopedic surgery is highly dependent upon individual practice patterns and hospital structure. In general, forefoot ulcers may be managed by podiatry or orthopedic surgery, while severe Charcot deformities are most often treated by orthopedic surgeons. Wound care nurses are often integral to successful wound healing, collaborating across specialties and serving as a weekly or biweekly point of contact for patients.

Early involvement of Infectious Disease (ID) specialists can be useful for guiding antibiotic choices and facilitating follow-up. ID should be involved with patients who require long-term antibiotic therapy (ie, cases of deep-tissue infection that are not completely amputated or debrided), have failed outpatient or empiric therapy, have antibiotic allergies or drug-resistant pathogens, or are being considered for outpatient parenteral antibiotic therapy.

ANTIBIOTIC THERAPY

Empiric antibiotic therapy should be based on infection severity and the likely causative agent (Figure). Mild cases are managed with oral agents that target Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus species such as cephalexin or clindamycin.1,15 Antibiotics for moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infections can be oral or parenteral (eg, ampicillin-sulbactam or ertapenem) and should include coverage for the above pathogens in addition to Enterobacteriaciae and anaerobes.1,15 Empiric anti-MRSA coverage is optional in mild to moderate infections and should be reserved for patients with known risk factors, such as prior colonization, recent hospitalization, residence in a chronic care facility, previous amputation, or a high local prevalence of MRSA (50% MRSA prevalence for mild infections or 30% prevalence for moderate infections). 1,15Fluoroquinolones are no longer effective against S. aureus in most of the United States and should not be used as monotherapy if MRSA is suspected.37,38 A recent retrospective observational study found that ceftaroline fosamil treatment of DFI was associated with an 81% success rate, including for patients with comorbidities, MRSA, mixed infections, or surgical intervention, but it has not yet been studied in a comparative trial.39 Antipseudomonal therapy is not necessary in most moderate cases and should be reserved for patients who have severe infections (PEDIS grade 4) or specific risk-factors for Pseudomonas.1,15 Severe infections, gangrenous wounds, or necrotizing infections require parenteral agents to cover MRSA (ie, vancomycin or daptomycin), Pseudomonas (ie, cefepime or piperacillin-tazobactam), and anaerobes. 1,15 Anaerobic coverage must be added to cefepime but is not necessary with piperacillin-tazobactam or meropenem.40 Definitive therapy should be based on culture results, sensitivity testing, and the patient’s clinical response to the empiric regimen.15

The duration of antibiotic treatment for DFI is based on the severity of infection and response to treatment (Supplementary Table 3). Treatment should continue until the signs and symptoms of infection resolve, but there is no strong evidence to support treatment through complete healing. Healing will usually occur in 1 to 2 weeks for mild infections and in 2 to 3 weeks for moderate or severe infections. However, prescribing antibiotics for a fixed duration is not recommended and can result in an inadequate or unnecessarily prolonged course, with the potential for increased costs, adverse events, and antibiotic resistance.1,15,16 Therapy may be shortened by debridement, resection, or amputation, or lengthened in patients who are immunocompromised; have deep, large, necrotic, or poorly perfused wounds; do not undergo resection; or have an implanted foreign body at the infection site.1 If the patient does not improve despite targeted antibiotic treatment, providers should assess the need to revascularize, repeat debridement for new cultures, resect any progression of infection, or modify the antibiotic regimen to maximize tissue penetration and minimize drug interactions.1

Traditional management of diabetic foot osteomyelitis has relied almost exclusively on resection of all infected bone. However, data have emerged over the last 10 years to support initial medical management of select patients. Further research regarding the optimal treatment regimen and duration is ongoing, with 1 recent, randomized control trial comparing 6 versus 12 weeks of antibiotics for patients treated medically for osteomyelitis finding no difference in remission rates.1,41 Patients managed surgically for osteomyelitis are often treated parenterally for at least 4 weeks, but this practice is not based on strong evidence, and guidelines suggest most patients could be switched to highly bioavailable oral agents after a shorter course of intravenous therapy.1,15 Guidelines recommend 2 to 5 days of antibiotics after complete resection of infected bone and soft tissue (Supplementary Table 3). If the infected soft tissue remains, 1 to 3 weeks of therapy is usually sufficient, while 4 to 6 weeks is often needed if there is residually infected but viable bone.15

SURGICAL MANAGEMENT

Inpatient providers should be familiar with the indications for surgery in DFI patients in order to effectively utilize surgical consultants and ensure critical procedures are completed prior to discharge. Surgical consultation, preferably with a surgeon skilled in foot preservation, is recommended for patients with moderate or severe infections.1,15,33 Surgical indications include abscess, necrosis, compartment syndrome, refractory sepsis despite antibiotics, and extensive bone or joint destruction underlying the open wound, as well as other conditions listed in Table 2. While debridement often aids wound healing, it should be avoided in cases with dry eschar, especially when ischemia is present, as the infection will usually resolve with autoamputation.1,42,43

In patients with osteomyelitis, the decision between medical and surgical management is complex. Absolute indications for surgical resection include systemic toxicity with associated tissue infection, an open or infected joint space, and patients with prosthetic heart valves.27 However, the need for surgery is unclear beyond these absolute indications, and approximately two-thirds of osteomyelitis cases may be arrested or cured with antibiotic therapy alone.1 A prospective randomized comparative trial of patients with diabetic foot osteomyelitis found that patients treated with 90 days of antibiotics had similar healing rates, times to healing, and short-term complications as compared with those who underwent conservative bone resection.44 While further research is needed to determine which types of patients with osteomyelitis may be successfully treated without surgery, the IWGDF, the IDSA, and osteomyelitis experts have offered guidance on this decision (Table 2).1,15,27 If resection is necessary, hospitalists should request at least 4 specimens to help guide postoperative antibiotic therapy (1 sample for histology and 1 for microbiology, at both the grossly abnormal bone and the bone margin), as negative margin cultures predict a lower relapse risk for infection.1,35

Every effort should be made to preserve the limb, and urgent amputation is rarely needed except in cases with extensive necrosis or life-threatening infection. Elective amputation may be considered for patients who have recurrent ulceration or irreversible loss of foot function or who would require an excessively prolonged or intensive hospital stay.15 All patients with plantar ulcers that are unresponsive to conservative management and limited ankle dorsiflexion should be evaluated for pressure-relieving surgeries, such as Achilles lengthening and gastrocnemius recession.45,46 Studies suggest that pressure-relieving surgeries can increase rates of ulcer healing from 88% to 100% when added to total contact casting.47

CRITERIA FOR DISCHARGE

Guidelines suggest that patients be clinically stable before discharge, complete any urgent surgery, achieve acceptable glycemic control, and be presented with a comprehensive outpatient plan, including antibiotic therapy, offloading, wound care instructions, and outpatient follow-up (Supplementary Table 4). Physicians must consider patient and family preferences, expected adherence to therapy, availability of home support, and payer and cost issues when creating the discharge plan.15

INTERPROFESSIONAL OUTPATIENT CARE

An effective outpatient care team is critical to ensure wound healing and infection resolution. Efforts should be made to discharge patients to a comprehensive outpatient interprofessional foot care team, with a plan that includes professional foot care, patient education, and adequate footwear.48 Team composition varies but often includes representatives from vascular surgery, podiatry, orthotics, wound care, endocrinology, orthopedics, physical therapy and rehabilitation, infectious disease, and dermatology.11-13Interprofessional outpatient clinics can ease the burden of transportation and shorten the time to needed interventions in the case of treatment failure. Follow-up appointments within 1 to 2 weeks postdischarge have been found to reduce the risk of readmission in other high-risk conditions, and this is a reasonable time frame for DFI as well.49

CONCLUSION

DFIs are a common cause of morbidity in patients with diabetes and result in significant costs to the US healthcare system. Hospitalized patients with a DFI require appropriate classification of wound severity and assessment of vascular status, protective sensation, and potential osteomyelitis. Inpatient management of these patients includes obtaining necessary cultures, choosing an antibiotic regimen based on infection severity and the likely causative agent, and evaluating the need for surgical intervention. Prior to discharge, providers should determine a comprehensive follow-up plan and ensure patient engagement. Finally, interprofessional management has been shown to improve outcomes in DFI and should be adopted in both the inpatient and outpatient settings.

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest.

Diabetic foot infection (DFI) is a common result of diabetes and represents the most frequent complication requiring hospitalization and lower extremity amputation.1,2 Hospital discharges related to diabetic lower extremity ulcers increased from 72,000 in 1988 to 113,000 in 2007,3 and admissions related to infection rose 30% between 2005 and 2010.2 Ulceration and amputation are associated with a 40% to 50% 5-year mortality rate.4,5

Aggressive risk-factor management and interprofessional care can significantly reduce major amputations and mortality.6-13 Consistent and high-quality care for patients admitted with DFI is essential for optimizing outcomes; however, management varies widely, and critical assessment and prevention measures are often not employed by providers.14 This review synthesizes recommendations from existing guidelines to provide an overview of the best practices for the diagnosis, management, and discharge of DFI in the hospital setting (Supplementary Table 1, Supplementary Figure).

DETECTION AND STAGING OF INFECTION

The first step in the management of a DFI is a careful assessment of the presence and depth of infection.15 The Infectious Diseases Society of America (IDSA) guidelines recommend using at least 2 signs of classic inflammation (erythema, warmth, swelling, tenderness, or pain) or purulent drainage to diagnose soft tissue infection.1,15,16 Patients with ischemia may present atypically, with nonpurulent secretions, friable or discolored granulation tissue, undermining of wound edges, and foul odor. 1,15,16 Additional risk factors for DFI include ulceration for more than 30 days, recurrent foot ulcers, a traumatic foot wound, severe peripheral arterial disease (PAD) in the affected limb (ankle brachial index [ABI] <0.4), prior lower extremity amputation, loss of protective sensation, end-stage renal disease, and a history of walking barefoot.15,17,18

Appropriate classification of wound severity is critical in determining the need for hospitalization, antibiotic selection, surgical intervention, and prognosis. Multiple staging systems that incorporate physical examination findings, markers of systemic inflammation, and ischemia15,19,20 have been proposed. The Perfusion, Extent, Depth, Infection, and Sensation (PEDIS) grade was developed as a research tool and incorporates infection, ischemia, neuropathy, wound size, and systemic inflammation.15 The International Working Group on the Diabetic Foot (IWGDF) and the IDSA recommend use of the full or simplified PEDIS score in clinical practice (the IWGDF/IDSA Classification, Table 1) because these classifications predicted hospitalization and lower extremity amputation in prospective studies, with amputation rates of 3% for uninfected ulcers and up to 70% for severe infection.1,15 Patients with PEDIS grade 4 infections also have an increased mean length of stay compared with patients with grade 3 infections.21,22

CRITERIA FOR HOSPITALIZATION

In practice, the decision to admit is based on clinical and systems-based drivers (Supplementary Table 2). The IDSA and IWGDF guidelines recommend hospitalization for patients with severe (PEDIS grade 4) infection, moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infection with certain complications (eg, severe PAD or lack of home support), an inability to comply with required outpatient treatment, lack of improvement with outpatient therapy, or presence of metabolic or hemodynamic instability.1,15 Clinicians must also consider the need for surgical debridement or complex antibiotic choices due to allergies and comorbidities. Hospitalists may also consider admission in cases in which outpatient follow-up cannot be easily arranged (eg, uninsured patients).

Outpatient management may be appropriate for patients with mild infections who are willing to be reassessed within 72 hours, or sooner if the infection worsens.23 For patients with moderate infections (eg, osteomyelitis without systemic signs of infection), access to an outpatient interprofessional DFI care team can potentially decrease the need for admission.

DIAGNOSIS OF OSTEOMYELITIS

Clinical features that raise suspicion for osteomyelitis include ulceration for at least 6 weeks with appropriate wound care and offloading, wound extension to the bone or joint, exposed bone, ulcers larger than 2 cm2, previous history of a wound, multiple wounds, and appearance of a sausage digit.15

The gold standard for diagnosis of osteomyelitis is a bone biopsy with histology. In the absence of histology, physicians rely on physical examination, inflammatory markers, and imaging to make the diagnosis. The presence of visible, chronically exposed bone within a forefoot ulcer is diagnostic. The accuracy of a probe to bone test depends on the pretest probability of osteomyelitis. Sensitivity and specificity range from 60% to 87% and from 85% to 91%, respectively.24 For patients with a single forefoot ulcer and PEDIS grade 2 or 3 infection, considering both ulcer depth and serum inflammatory markers (ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or C-reactive protein greater than 3.2 mg/dL; ulcer depth greater than 3 mm, or erythrocyte sedimentation rate greater than 60 mm/h) increases sensitivity to 100%, although the specificity is relatively low (55% and 60%, respectively).25 When the diagnosis remains uncertain by physical examination, imaging is necessary for further evaluation.

ROLE OF IMAGING

All patients with DFI should have plain radiographs to look for foot deformities, soft tissue gas, foreign bodies, and osteomyelitis. If plain radiographs show classic evidence of osteomyelitis, (ie, cortical erosion, periosteal reaction, mixed lucency, and sclerosis in the absence of neuro-osteoarthropathy), advanced imaging is not necessary. However, these changes may not appear on plain films for up to 1 month after infection onset.15,26

The purpose of advanced imaging in the inpatient management of DFI is to detect conditions not obvious by physical examination or by plain radiographs that would alter surgical management (ie, deep abscess or necrotic bone) or antibiotic duration (ie, osteomyelitis or tenosynovitis).15 Magnetic resonance imaging (MRI) is the diagnostic modality of choice when the wound does not probe to bone and the diagnosis remains uncertain27 due to its accuracy and availability.1,15 However, MRI cannot always distinguish between infection and neuro-osteoarthropathy, especially in patients who have infection superimposed on a Charcot foot, have had recent surgical intervention, or have osteosynthesis material at the infection site.24 If MRI is contraindicated, guidelines vary on the next recommended test. The IDSA and the Society for Vascular Surgery recommend a labeled white blood cell scan combined with a bone scan, whereas the IWGDF recommends a labeled leukocyte scan, a single photon emission computed tomography (SPECT/CT), or a fluorodeoxyglucose positron emission tomography (FDG PET) scan.1,15,19 A recent comparison of a labeled white blood cell SPECT/CT versus MRI (using histology as the gold standard) reported that SPECT/CT had a similar sensitivity (89% versus 87%, respectively) and specificity (35% versus 37%, respectively) to MRI.28 In practice, physicians should consider which studies are readily available and confidently interpreted by radiologists at their institution.

ASSESSMENT OF ULCER ETIOLOGY

After infection is diagnosed and staged, clinicians should determine the underlying derangement in order to prevent recurrence after discharge. Common derangements leading to ulceration in diabetics include PAD, neuropathy, muscular tension, altered foot mechanics, trauma, or a combination of the above.1,15,29-31 All patients with DFI should undergo pedal perfusion assessment by an ABI, ankle and pedal Doppler arterial waveforms, and either toe brachial index (TBI) or transcutaneous oxygen pressure.1,15,19 In cases of suspected calcification, TBI is a more reliable measure of ischemia compared with the ABI.16,19 For patients with signs and symptoms of ischemia and an abnormal ABI or TBI measurement (ABI <0.9 and TBI <0.7), a nonurgent consultation with a vascular surgeon is recommended, while patients with severe ischemia (ABI <0.4) usually require urgent revascularization.15,32

A sensory examination with a Semmes-Weinstein monofilament should be conducted to identify patients with loss of protective sensation who may benefit from offloading devices and custom orthotics.15 Foot anatomy and mechanics as well as potential Achilles tendon contractures should be evaluated by a foot specialist such as a podiatrist, orthotist, orthopedist, or vascular surgeon, especially if debridement or amputation is being contemplated.

OBTAINING CULTURES

After diagnosing the infection clinically, appropriately obtained cultures are essential to guide therapy in all except mild cases with no prior antibiotic exposure or MRSA risk.1,15 Guidelines strongly recommend that specimens be obtained by biopsy or curettage from deep tissue at the base of the ulcer after the wound has been cleansed and debrided and prior to initiating antibiotics.1,15,33 Aspiration of purulent secretions using a sterile needle and syringe is another acceptable culturing method.15 While convenient, swab cultures are prone to both false-positive and false-negative results.34 Repeat cultures are only needed for patients who are not responding to treatment or for surveillance of resistant organisms.1

In cases of osteomyelitis, bone specimens should be sent for culture and histology either during surgical debridement or a bone biopsy. At the time of debridement, cultures and pathology should be sent from the proximal (clean) bone margin in order to document whether there is residual osteomyelitis postdebridement.35 For patients not planned for debridement, a bone biopsy is recommended if the diagnosis of osteomyelitis is unclear, response to empiric therapy is poor, broad-spectrum antibiotics are being considered, or the infection is in the midfoot or hindfoot.1,15,19 Results from soft tissue or sinus tract specimens should not be used to guide antibiotic selection in osteomyelitis, as several studies suggest that they do not correlate with bone culture results; one retrospective review found a mere 22.5% correlation between wound swabs and bone biopsy.1,36 A 2-week antibiotic-free period prior to biopsy is recommended in order to minimize the risk of false-negative results but must be balanced with the risk of worsening infection.1,15 If possible, the biopsy should be performed through uninfected tissue under fluoroscopy or CT guidance, with 2 to 3 cores obtained for culture and histology.1,15

INTERPROFESSIONAL INPATIENT CARE

A growing number of health systems have created inpatient and/or outpatient interprofessional diabetic foot care teams, and several studies demonstrated an association between these teams and a reduction in major amputations.7-11,13 The goal of the inpatient team is to rapidly triage patients with moderate to severe infections, expedite surgical interventions and culture collection, establish an effective treatment plan, and ensure adherence postdischarge to optimize outcomes. The common core of most teams includes podiatry, endocrinology, wound care, and vascular surgery, but team composition may vary based on the availability of local specialists with interest and expertise in DFI.9,10,33

The division of consultation between podiatry and orthopedic surgery is highly dependent upon individual practice patterns and hospital structure. In general, forefoot ulcers may be managed by podiatry or orthopedic surgery, while severe Charcot deformities are most often treated by orthopedic surgeons. Wound care nurses are often integral to successful wound healing, collaborating across specialties and serving as a weekly or biweekly point of contact for patients.

Early involvement of Infectious Disease (ID) specialists can be useful for guiding antibiotic choices and facilitating follow-up. ID should be involved with patients who require long-term antibiotic therapy (ie, cases of deep-tissue infection that are not completely amputated or debrided), have failed outpatient or empiric therapy, have antibiotic allergies or drug-resistant pathogens, or are being considered for outpatient parenteral antibiotic therapy.

ANTIBIOTIC THERAPY

Empiric antibiotic therapy should be based on infection severity and the likely causative agent (Figure). Mild cases are managed with oral agents that target Staphylococcus aureus and Streptococcus species such as cephalexin or clindamycin.1,15 Antibiotics for moderate (PEDIS grade 3) infections can be oral or parenteral (eg, ampicillin-sulbactam or ertapenem) and should include coverage for the above pathogens in addition to Enterobacteriaciae and anaerobes.1,15 Empiric anti-MRSA coverage is optional in mild to moderate infections and should be reserved for patients with known risk factors, such as prior colonization, recent hospitalization, residence in a chronic care facility, previous amputation, or a high local prevalence of MRSA (50% MRSA prevalence for mild infections or 30% prevalence for moderate infections). 1,15Fluoroquinolones are no longer effective against S. aureus in most of the United States and should not be used as monotherapy if MRSA is suspected.37,38 A recent retrospective observational study found that ceftaroline fosamil treatment of DFI was associated with an 81% success rate, including for patients with comorbidities, MRSA, mixed infections, or surgical intervention, but it has not yet been studied in a comparative trial.39 Antipseudomonal therapy is not necessary in most moderate cases and should be reserved for patients who have severe infections (PEDIS grade 4) or specific risk-factors for Pseudomonas.1,15 Severe infections, gangrenous wounds, or necrotizing infections require parenteral agents to cover MRSA (ie, vancomycin or daptomycin), Pseudomonas (ie, cefepime or piperacillin-tazobactam), and anaerobes. 1,15 Anaerobic coverage must be added to cefepime but is not necessary with piperacillin-tazobactam or meropenem.40 Definitive therapy should be based on culture results, sensitivity testing, and the patient’s clinical response to the empiric regimen.15

The duration of antibiotic treatment for DFI is based on the severity of infection and response to treatment (Supplementary Table 3). Treatment should continue until the signs and symptoms of infection resolve, but there is no strong evidence to support treatment through complete healing. Healing will usually occur in 1 to 2 weeks for mild infections and in 2 to 3 weeks for moderate or severe infections. However, prescribing antibiotics for a fixed duration is not recommended and can result in an inadequate or unnecessarily prolonged course, with the potential for increased costs, adverse events, and antibiotic resistance.1,15,16 Therapy may be shortened by debridement, resection, or amputation, or lengthened in patients who are immunocompromised; have deep, large, necrotic, or poorly perfused wounds; do not undergo resection; or have an implanted foreign body at the infection site.1 If the patient does not improve despite targeted antibiotic treatment, providers should assess the need to revascularize, repeat debridement for new cultures, resect any progression of infection, or modify the antibiotic regimen to maximize tissue penetration and minimize drug interactions.1

Traditional management of diabetic foot osteomyelitis has relied almost exclusively on resection of all infected bone. However, data have emerged over the last 10 years to support initial medical management of select patients. Further research regarding the optimal treatment regimen and duration is ongoing, with 1 recent, randomized control trial comparing 6 versus 12 weeks of antibiotics for patients treated medically for osteomyelitis finding no difference in remission rates.1,41 Patients managed surgically for osteomyelitis are often treated parenterally for at least 4 weeks, but this practice is not based on strong evidence, and guidelines suggest most patients could be switched to highly bioavailable oral agents after a shorter course of intravenous therapy.1,15 Guidelines recommend 2 to 5 days of antibiotics after complete resection of infected bone and soft tissue (Supplementary Table 3). If the infected soft tissue remains, 1 to 3 weeks of therapy is usually sufficient, while 4 to 6 weeks is often needed if there is residually infected but viable bone.15

SURGICAL MANAGEMENT

Inpatient providers should be familiar with the indications for surgery in DFI patients in order to effectively utilize surgical consultants and ensure critical procedures are completed prior to discharge. Surgical consultation, preferably with a surgeon skilled in foot preservation, is recommended for patients with moderate or severe infections.1,15,33 Surgical indications include abscess, necrosis, compartment syndrome, refractory sepsis despite antibiotics, and extensive bone or joint destruction underlying the open wound, as well as other conditions listed in Table 2. While debridement often aids wound healing, it should be avoided in cases with dry eschar, especially when ischemia is present, as the infection will usually resolve with autoamputation.1,42,43

In patients with osteomyelitis, the decision between medical and surgical management is complex. Absolute indications for surgical resection include systemic toxicity with associated tissue infection, an open or infected joint space, and patients with prosthetic heart valves.27 However, the need for surgery is unclear beyond these absolute indications, and approximately two-thirds of osteomyelitis cases may be arrested or cured with antibiotic therapy alone.1 A prospective randomized comparative trial of patients with diabetic foot osteomyelitis found that patients treated with 90 days of antibiotics had similar healing rates, times to healing, and short-term complications as compared with those who underwent conservative bone resection.44 While further research is needed to determine which types of patients with osteomyelitis may be successfully treated without surgery, the IWGDF, the IDSA, and osteomyelitis experts have offered guidance on this decision (Table 2).1,15,27 If resection is necessary, hospitalists should request at least 4 specimens to help guide postoperative antibiotic therapy (1 sample for histology and 1 for microbiology, at both the grossly abnormal bone and the bone margin), as negative margin cultures predict a lower relapse risk for infection.1,35

Every effort should be made to preserve the limb, and urgent amputation is rarely needed except in cases with extensive necrosis or life-threatening infection. Elective amputation may be considered for patients who have recurrent ulceration or irreversible loss of foot function or who would require an excessively prolonged or intensive hospital stay.15 All patients with plantar ulcers that are unresponsive to conservative management and limited ankle dorsiflexion should be evaluated for pressure-relieving surgeries, such as Achilles lengthening and gastrocnemius recession.45,46 Studies suggest that pressure-relieving surgeries can increase rates of ulcer healing from 88% to 100% when added to total contact casting.47

CRITERIA FOR DISCHARGE

Guidelines suggest that patients be clinically stable before discharge, complete any urgent surgery, achieve acceptable glycemic control, and be presented with a comprehensive outpatient plan, including antibiotic therapy, offloading, wound care instructions, and outpatient follow-up (Supplementary Table 4). Physicians must consider patient and family preferences, expected adherence to therapy, availability of home support, and payer and cost issues when creating the discharge plan.15

INTERPROFESSIONAL OUTPATIENT CARE

An effective outpatient care team is critical to ensure wound healing and infection resolution. Efforts should be made to discharge patients to a comprehensive outpatient interprofessional foot care team, with a plan that includes professional foot care, patient education, and adequate footwear.48 Team composition varies but often includes representatives from vascular surgery, podiatry, orthotics, wound care, endocrinology, orthopedics, physical therapy and rehabilitation, infectious disease, and dermatology.11-13Interprofessional outpatient clinics can ease the burden of transportation and shorten the time to needed interventions in the case of treatment failure. Follow-up appointments within 1 to 2 weeks postdischarge have been found to reduce the risk of readmission in other high-risk conditions, and this is a reasonable time frame for DFI as well.49

CONCLUSION

DFIs are a common cause of morbidity in patients with diabetes and result in significant costs to the US healthcare system. Hospitalized patients with a DFI require appropriate classification of wound severity and assessment of vascular status, protective sensation, and potential osteomyelitis. Inpatient management of these patients includes obtaining necessary cultures, choosing an antibiotic regimen based on infection severity and the likely causative agent, and evaluating the need for surgical intervention. Prior to discharge, providers should determine a comprehensive follow-up plan and ensure patient engagement. Finally, interprofessional management has been shown to improve outcomes in DFI and should be adopted in both the inpatient and outpatient settings.

Disclosure

The authors report no conflicts of interest.

References

1. Lipsky BA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Diggle M, et al. IWGDF guidance on the diagnosis and management of foot infections in persons with diabetes. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2016;32 Suppl 1:45-74. PubMed
2. Hicks CW, Selvarajah S, Mathioudakis N, et al. Burden of infected diabetic foot ulcers on hospital admissions and costs. Ann Vasc Surg. 2016;33:149-158. PubMed
3. Number (in thousands) of hospital discharges with peripheral arterial disease (PAD), ulcer/inflammation/infection (ULCER), or neuropathy as first-listed diagnosis and diabetes as any-listed diagnosis United States, 1988-2007. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/hosplea/diabetes_complications/fig1_number.htm. Updated 2014. Accessed September 23, 2016.
4. Wilbek TE, Jansen RB, Jørgensen B, Svendsen OL. The diabetic foot in a multidisciplinary team setting. Number of amputations below ankle level and mortality. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2016;124(9):535-540. PubMed
5. Jupiter DC, Thorud JC, Buckley CJ, Shibuya N. The impact of foot ulceration and amputation on mortality in diabetic patients. I: From ulceration to death, a systematic review. Int Wound J. 2016;13(5):892-903. PubMed
6. Young MJ, McCardle JE, Randall LE, Barclay JI. Improved survival of diabetic foot ulcer patients 1995-2008: Possible impact of aggressive cardiovascular risk management. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(11):2143-2147PubMed
7. Troisi N, Baggiore C, Landini G, Michelagnoli S. How daily practice changed in an urban area after establishing a multidisciplinary diabetic foot program. J Diabetes. 2016;8(4):594-595. PubMed
8. Wang C, Mai L, Yang C, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team in patient with diabetes foot ulcer. BMC Endocr Disord. 2016;16(1):38. PubMed
9. Rubio JA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Jiménez S, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team for the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2014;13(1):22-26. PubMed
10. Yesil S, Akinci B, Bayraktar F, et al. Reduction of major amputations after starting a multidisciplinary diabetic foot care team: Single centre experience from Turkey. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2009;117(7):345-349. PubMed
11. Dargis V, Pantelejeva O, Jonushaite A, Vileikyte L, Boulton AJ. Benefits of a multidisciplinary approach in the management of recurrent diabetic foot ulceration in Lithuania: A prospective study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(9):1428-1431. PubMed
12. Driver VR, Goodman RA, Fabbi M, French MA, Andersen CA. The impact of a podiatric lead limb preservation team on disease outcomes and risk prediction in the diabetic lower extremity: a retrospective cohort study. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(4):235-241. PubMed
13. Hamonet J, Verdié-Kessler C, Daviet JC, et al. Evaluation of a multidisciplinary consultation of diabetic foot. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2010;53(5):306-318. PubMed
14. Prompers L, Huijberts M, Apelqvist J, et al. Delivery of care to diabetic patients with foot ulcers in daily practice: Results of the Eurodiale study, a prospective cohort study. Diabet Med. 2008;25(6):700-707. PubMed
15. Lipsky BA, Berendt AR, Cornia PB, et al. 2012 Infectious Diseases Society of America clinical practice guideline for the diagnosis and treatment of diabetic foot infections. Clin Infect Dis. 2012;54(12):e132-e173. PubMed
16. Noor S, Khan RU, Ahmad J. Understanding diabetic foot infection and its management. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2016;11(2):149-156. PubMed
17. Hill MN, Feldman HI, Hilton SC, Holechek MJ, Ylitalo M, Benedict GW. Risk of foot complications in long-term diabetic patients with and without ESRD: A preliminary study. ANNA J. 1996;23(4):381-386; discussion 387-388. PubMed
18. Mohler ER, III. Peripheral arterial disease: Identification and implications. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(19):2306-2314PubMed
19. Hingorani A, LaMuraglia GM, Henke P, et al. The management of diabetic foot: A clinical practice guideline by the Society for Vascular Surgery in collaboration with the American Podiatric Medical Association and the Society for Vascular Medicine. J Vasc Surg. 2016;63(2 Suppl):3S-21S. PubMed
20. Noor S, Zubair M, Ahmad J. Diabetic foot ulcer--A review on pathophysiology, classification and microbial etiology. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;9(3):192-199. PubMed
21. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Brooks MM. Severity of diabetic foot infection and rate of limb salvage. Foot Ankle Int. 2013;34(3):351-358. PubMed
22. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Raspovic KM, Rosario BL. SIRS is valid in discriminating between severe and moderate diabetic foot infections. Diabetes Care. 2013;36(11):3706-3711PubMed
23. Grigoropoulou P, Eleftheriadou I, Jude EB, Tentolouris N. Diabetic foot infections: An update in diagnosis and management. Curr Diab Rep. 2017;17(1):3. PubMed
24. Glaudemans AW, Uçkay I, Lipsky BA. Challenges in diagnosing infection in the diabetic foot. Diabet Med. 2015;32(6):748-759. PubMed
25. Fleischer AE, Didyk AA, Woods JB, Burns SE, Wrobel JS, Armstrong DG. Combined clinical and laboratory testing improves diagnostic accuracy for osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(1):39-46. PubMed
26. Jeffcoate WJ, Lipsky BA. Controversies in diagnosing and managing osteomyelitis of the foot in diabetes. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39 Suppl 2:S115-S122. PubMed
27. Allahabadi S, Haroun KB, Musher DM, Lipsky BA, Barshes NR. Consensus on surgical aspects of managing osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2016;7:30079. PubMed
28. La Fontaine J, Bhavan K, Lam K, et al. Comparison between Tc-99m WBC SPECT/CT and MRI for the diagnosis of biopsy-proven diabetic foot osteomyelitis. Wounds. 2016;28(8):271-278. PubMed
29. Bembi V, Singh S, Singh P, Aneja GK, Arya TV, Arora R. Prevalence of peripheral arterial disease in a cohort of diabetic patients. South Med J. 2006;99(6):564-569. PubMed
30. Marso SP, Hiatt WR. Peripheral arterial disease in patients with diabetes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47(5):921-929. PubMed
31. Hinchliffe RJ, Andros G, Apelqvist J, et al. A systematic review of the effectiveness of revascularization of the ulcerated foot in patients with diabetes and peripheral arterial disease. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28 Suppl 1:179-217. PubMed
32. Brownrigg JR, Apelqvist J, Bakker K, Schaper NC, Hinchliffe RJ. Evidence-based management of PAD & the diabetic foot. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg. 2013;45(6):673-681. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;13(2):115-122.Ann Fam Med49. Jackson C, Shahsahebi M, Wedlake T, DuBard CA. Timeliness of outpatient follow-up: an evidence-based approach for planning after hospital discharge. PubMed
34. 2016;32 Suppl 1:16-24.Diabetes Metab Res Rev48. Bus SA, van Netten JJ, Lavery LA, et al. IWGDF guidance on the prevention of foot ulcers in at-risk patients with diabetes. PubMed
35. 2003;85-A(8):1436-1445.J Bone Joint Surg Am47. Mueller MJ, Sinacore DR, Hastings MK, Strube MJ, Johnson JE. Effect of Achilles tendon lengthening on neuropathic plantar ulcers. A randomized clinical trial. PubMed
36. 2015;21(2):77-85.Foot Ankle Surg46. Cychosz CC, Phisitkul P, Belatti DA, Glazebrook MA, DiGiovanni CW. Gastrocnemius recession for foot and ankle conditions in adults: Evidence-based recommendations. PubMed
37. 2016;32 Suppl 1:25-36.Diabetes Metab Res Rev45. Bus SA, Armstrong DG, van Deursen RW, et al. IWGDF guidance on footwear and offloading interventions to prevent and heal foot ulcers in patients with diabetes. PubMed
38. 2014;37(3):789-795.Diabetes Care44. Lázaro-Martínez JL, Aragón-Sánchez J, García-Morales E. Antibiotics versus conservative surgery for treating diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A randomized comparative trial. PubMed
39. 1996;183(1):61-64.J Am Coll Surg43. Steed DL, Donohoe D, Webster MW, Lindsley L. Effect of extensive debridement and treatment on the healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetic Ulcer Study Group. PubMed
40. 2002;10(6):354-359.Wound Repair Regen42. Saap LJ, Falanga V. Debridement performance index and its correlation with complete closure of diabetic foot ulcers. PubMed
41. 2015;38(2):302-307.Diabetes Care41. Tone A, Nguyen S, Devemy F, et al. Six-week versus twelve-week antibiotic therapy for nonsurgically treated diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A multicenter open-label controlled randomized study. PubMed
42. 2014;35(10):1229-1235.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol40. Schultz L, Lowe TJ, Srinivasan A, Neilson D, Pugliese G. Economic impact of redundant antimicrobial therapy in US hospitals. PubMed
43. 2015;31(4):395-401.Diabetes Metab Res Rev39. Lipsky BA, Cannon CM, Ramani A, et al. Ceftaroline fosamil for treatment of diabetic foot infections: the CAPTURE study experience. PubMed
2011;55(9):4154-4160.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.38. Richter SS, Heilmann KP, Dohrn CL, et al. Activity of ceftaroline and epidemiologic trends in Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected from 43 medical centers in the United States in 2009. PubMed
44. 2011;52(3):e18-e55.Clin Infect Dis37. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. PubMed
45. 2006;42(1):57-62.Clin Infect Dis36. Senneville E, Melliez H, Beltrand E, et al. Culture of percutaneous bone biopsy specimens for diagnosis of diabetic foot osteomyelitis: Concordance with ulcer swab cultures. PubMed
46. 2012;51(6):749-752.J Foot Ankle Surg35. Atway S, Nerone VS, Springer KD, Woodruff DM. Rate of residual osteomyelitis after partial foot amputation in diabetic patients: A standardized method for evaluating bone margins with intraoperative culture. PubMed
47. 2010;5(7):415-420.J Hosp Med34. Chakraborti C, Le C, Yanofsky A. Sensitivity of superficial cultures in lower extremity wounds. PubMed
48. 2013;36(9):2862-2871.Diabetes Care33. Wukich DK, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al. Inpatient management of diabetic foot disorders: A clinical guide. PubMed

 

References

1. Lipsky BA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Diggle M, et al. IWGDF guidance on the diagnosis and management of foot infections in persons with diabetes. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2016;32 Suppl 1:45-74. PubMed
2. Hicks CW, Selvarajah S, Mathioudakis N, et al. Burden of infected diabetic foot ulcers on hospital admissions and costs. Ann Vasc Surg. 2016;33:149-158. PubMed
3. Number (in thousands) of hospital discharges with peripheral arterial disease (PAD), ulcer/inflammation/infection (ULCER), or neuropathy as first-listed diagnosis and diabetes as any-listed diagnosis United States, 1988-2007. Centers for Disease Control and Prevention website. http://www.cdc.gov/diabetes/statistics/hosplea/diabetes_complications/fig1_number.htm. Updated 2014. Accessed September 23, 2016.
4. Wilbek TE, Jansen RB, Jørgensen B, Svendsen OL. The diabetic foot in a multidisciplinary team setting. Number of amputations below ankle level and mortality. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2016;124(9):535-540. PubMed
5. Jupiter DC, Thorud JC, Buckley CJ, Shibuya N. The impact of foot ulceration and amputation on mortality in diabetic patients. I: From ulceration to death, a systematic review. Int Wound J. 2016;13(5):892-903. PubMed
6. Young MJ, McCardle JE, Randall LE, Barclay JI. Improved survival of diabetic foot ulcer patients 1995-2008: Possible impact of aggressive cardiovascular risk management. Diabetes Care. 2008;31(11):2143-2147PubMed
7. Troisi N, Baggiore C, Landini G, Michelagnoli S. How daily practice changed in an urban area after establishing a multidisciplinary diabetic foot program. J Diabetes. 2016;8(4):594-595. PubMed
8. Wang C, Mai L, Yang C, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team in patient with diabetes foot ulcer. BMC Endocr Disord. 2016;16(1):38. PubMed
9. Rubio JA, Aragón-Sánchez J, Jiménez S, et al. Reducing major lower extremity amputations after the introduction of a multidisciplinary team for the diabetic foot. Int J Low Extrem Wounds. 2014;13(1):22-26. PubMed
10. Yesil S, Akinci B, Bayraktar F, et al. Reduction of major amputations after starting a multidisciplinary diabetic foot care team: Single centre experience from Turkey. Exp Clin Endocrinol Diabetes. 2009;117(7):345-349. PubMed
11. Dargis V, Pantelejeva O, Jonushaite A, Vileikyte L, Boulton AJ. Benefits of a multidisciplinary approach in the management of recurrent diabetic foot ulceration in Lithuania: A prospective study. Diabetes Care. 1999;22(9):1428-1431. PubMed
12. Driver VR, Goodman RA, Fabbi M, French MA, Andersen CA. The impact of a podiatric lead limb preservation team on disease outcomes and risk prediction in the diabetic lower extremity: a retrospective cohort study. J Am Podiatr Med Assoc. 2010;100(4):235-241. PubMed
13. Hamonet J, Verdié-Kessler C, Daviet JC, et al. Evaluation of a multidisciplinary consultation of diabetic foot. Ann Phys Rehabil Med. 2010;53(5):306-318. PubMed
14. Prompers L, Huijberts M, Apelqvist J, et al. Delivery of care to diabetic patients with foot ulcers in daily practice: Results of the Eurodiale study, a prospective cohort study. Diabet Med. 2008;25(6):700-707. PubMed
15. Lipsky BA, Berendt AR, Cornia PB, et al. 2012 Infectious Diseases Society of America clinical practice guideline for the diagnosis and treatment of diabetic foot infections. Clin Infect Dis. 2012;54(12):e132-e173. PubMed
16. Noor S, Khan RU, Ahmad J. Understanding diabetic foot infection and its management. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2016;11(2):149-156. PubMed
17. Hill MN, Feldman HI, Hilton SC, Holechek MJ, Ylitalo M, Benedict GW. Risk of foot complications in long-term diabetic patients with and without ESRD: A preliminary study. ANNA J. 1996;23(4):381-386; discussion 387-388. PubMed
18. Mohler ER, III. Peripheral arterial disease: Identification and implications. Arch Intern Med. 2003;163(19):2306-2314PubMed
19. Hingorani A, LaMuraglia GM, Henke P, et al. The management of diabetic foot: A clinical practice guideline by the Society for Vascular Surgery in collaboration with the American Podiatric Medical Association and the Society for Vascular Medicine. J Vasc Surg. 2016;63(2 Suppl):3S-21S. PubMed
20. Noor S, Zubair M, Ahmad J. Diabetic foot ulcer--A review on pathophysiology, classification and microbial etiology. Diabetes Metab Syndr. 2015;9(3):192-199. PubMed
21. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Brooks MM. Severity of diabetic foot infection and rate of limb salvage. Foot Ankle Int. 2013;34(3):351-358. PubMed
22. Wukich DK, Hobizal KB, Raspovic KM, Rosario BL. SIRS is valid in discriminating between severe and moderate diabetic foot infections. Diabetes Care. 2013;36(11):3706-3711PubMed
23. Grigoropoulou P, Eleftheriadou I, Jude EB, Tentolouris N. Diabetic foot infections: An update in diagnosis and management. Curr Diab Rep. 2017;17(1):3. PubMed
24. Glaudemans AW, Uçkay I, Lipsky BA. Challenges in diagnosing infection in the diabetic foot. Diabet Med. 2015;32(6):748-759. PubMed
25. Fleischer AE, Didyk AA, Woods JB, Burns SE, Wrobel JS, Armstrong DG. Combined clinical and laboratory testing improves diagnostic accuracy for osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. J Foot Ankle Surg. 2009;48(1):39-46. PubMed
26. Jeffcoate WJ, Lipsky BA. Controversies in diagnosing and managing osteomyelitis of the foot in diabetes. Clin Infect Dis. 2004;39 Suppl 2:S115-S122. PubMed
27. Allahabadi S, Haroun KB, Musher DM, Lipsky BA, Barshes NR. Consensus on surgical aspects of managing osteomyelitis in the diabetic foot. Diabet Foot Ankle. 2016;7:30079. PubMed
28. La Fontaine J, Bhavan K, Lam K, et al. Comparison between Tc-99m WBC SPECT/CT and MRI for the diagnosis of biopsy-proven diabetic foot osteomyelitis. Wounds. 2016;28(8):271-278. PubMed
29. Bembi V, Singh S, Singh P, Aneja GK, Arya TV, Arora R. Prevalence of peripheral arterial disease in a cohort of diabetic patients. South Med J. 2006;99(6):564-569. PubMed
30. Marso SP, Hiatt WR. Peripheral arterial disease in patients with diabetes. J Am Coll Cardiol. 2006;47(5):921-929. PubMed
31. Hinchliffe RJ, Andros G, Apelqvist J, et al. A systematic review of the effectiveness of revascularization of the ulcerated foot in patients with diabetes and peripheral arterial disease. Diabetes Metab Res Rev. 2012;28 Suppl 1:179-217. PubMed
32. Brownrigg JR, Apelqvist J, Bakker K, Schaper NC, Hinchliffe RJ. Evidence-based management of PAD & the diabetic foot. Eur J Vasc Endovasc Surg. 2013;45(6):673-681. PubMed

 

 

33. 2015;13(2):115-122.Ann Fam Med49. Jackson C, Shahsahebi M, Wedlake T, DuBard CA. Timeliness of outpatient follow-up: an evidence-based approach for planning after hospital discharge. PubMed
34. 2016;32 Suppl 1:16-24.Diabetes Metab Res Rev48. Bus SA, van Netten JJ, Lavery LA, et al. IWGDF guidance on the prevention of foot ulcers in at-risk patients with diabetes. PubMed
35. 2003;85-A(8):1436-1445.J Bone Joint Surg Am47. Mueller MJ, Sinacore DR, Hastings MK, Strube MJ, Johnson JE. Effect of Achilles tendon lengthening on neuropathic plantar ulcers. A randomized clinical trial. PubMed
36. 2015;21(2):77-85.Foot Ankle Surg46. Cychosz CC, Phisitkul P, Belatti DA, Glazebrook MA, DiGiovanni CW. Gastrocnemius recession for foot and ankle conditions in adults: Evidence-based recommendations. PubMed
37. 2016;32 Suppl 1:25-36.Diabetes Metab Res Rev45. Bus SA, Armstrong DG, van Deursen RW, et al. IWGDF guidance on footwear and offloading interventions to prevent and heal foot ulcers in patients with diabetes. PubMed
38. 2014;37(3):789-795.Diabetes Care44. Lázaro-Martínez JL, Aragón-Sánchez J, García-Morales E. Antibiotics versus conservative surgery for treating diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A randomized comparative trial. PubMed
39. 1996;183(1):61-64.J Am Coll Surg43. Steed DL, Donohoe D, Webster MW, Lindsley L. Effect of extensive debridement and treatment on the healing of diabetic foot ulcers. Diabetic Ulcer Study Group. PubMed
40. 2002;10(6):354-359.Wound Repair Regen42. Saap LJ, Falanga V. Debridement performance index and its correlation with complete closure of diabetic foot ulcers. PubMed
41. 2015;38(2):302-307.Diabetes Care41. Tone A, Nguyen S, Devemy F, et al. Six-week versus twelve-week antibiotic therapy for nonsurgically treated diabetic foot osteomyelitis: A multicenter open-label controlled randomized study. PubMed
42. 2014;35(10):1229-1235.Infect Control Hosp Epidemiol40. Schultz L, Lowe TJ, Srinivasan A, Neilson D, Pugliese G. Economic impact of redundant antimicrobial therapy in US hospitals. PubMed
43. 2015;31(4):395-401.Diabetes Metab Res Rev39. Lipsky BA, Cannon CM, Ramani A, et al. Ceftaroline fosamil for treatment of diabetic foot infections: the CAPTURE study experience. PubMed
2011;55(9):4154-4160.Antimicrob Agents Chemother.38. Richter SS, Heilmann KP, Dohrn CL, et al. Activity of ceftaroline and epidemiologic trends in Staphylococcus aureus isolates collected from 43 medical centers in the United States in 2009. PubMed
44. 2011;52(3):e18-e55.Clin Infect Dis37. Liu C, Bayer A, Cosgrove SE, et al. Clinical practice guidelines by the Infectious Diseases Society of America for the treatment of methicillin-resistant Staphylococcus aureus infections in adults and children. PubMed
45. 2006;42(1):57-62.Clin Infect Dis36. Senneville E, Melliez H, Beltrand E, et al. Culture of percutaneous bone biopsy specimens for diagnosis of diabetic foot osteomyelitis: Concordance with ulcer swab cultures. PubMed
46. 2012;51(6):749-752.J Foot Ankle Surg35. Atway S, Nerone VS, Springer KD, Woodruff DM. Rate of residual osteomyelitis after partial foot amputation in diabetic patients: A standardized method for evaluating bone margins with intraoperative culture. PubMed
47. 2010;5(7):415-420.J Hosp Med34. Chakraborti C, Le C, Yanofsky A. Sensitivity of superficial cultures in lower extremity wounds. PubMed
48. 2013;36(9):2862-2871.Diabetes Care33. Wukich DK, Armstrong DG, Attinger CE, et al. Inpatient management of diabetic foot disorders: A clinical guide. PubMed

 

Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Issue
Journal of Hospital Medicine 12(12)
Page Number
994-1000. Published online first September 20, 2017
Page Number
994-1000. Published online first September 20, 2017
Topics
Article Type
Sections
Article Source

© 2017 Society of Hospital Medicine

Disallow All Ads
Correspondence Location
Jennifer Townsend, MD, Division of Infectious Diseases, Johns Hopkins Bayview Medical Center, 5200 Eastern Ave, MFL Center Tower #381, Baltimore, MD 21224; Telephone: 410-550-9080; Fax: 410-550-1169; E-mail: [email protected]
Content Gating
Gated (full article locked unless allowed per User)
Alternative CME
Disqus Comments
Default
Gating Strategy
First Peek Free
Article PDF Media